Reference Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch S4810P

Table Of Contents

FTOS Command Line Reference Guide for the S4810

System

FTOS 9.2(0.0) and 9.2(0.2)

Summary of content (1551 pages)

PAGE 1
FTOS Command Line Reference Guide for the S4810 System FTOS 9.2(0.0) and 9.2(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2013 Dell Inc.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide........................................................................................................................ 43 Objectives............................................................................................................................................................... 43 Audience.................................................................................................................................................................43 Conventions.....
PAGE 4
configure.................................................................................................................................................................85 disable.....................................................................................................................................................................85 do..................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
telnet..................................................................................................................................................................... 136 telnet-peer-stack-unit...........................................................................................................................................137 terminal length......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
dot1x host-mode................................................................................................................................................... 167 dot1x mac-auth-bypass........................................................................................................................................ 168 dot1x max-eap-req................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 7
clear counters mac access-group.................................................................................................................216 mac access-group......................................................................................................................................... 217 show mac access-lists...................................................................................................................................218 show mac accounting access-list...................
PAGE 8
set metric-type............................................................................................................................................... 256 set next-hop....................................................................................................................................................257 set origin.........................................................................................................................................................257 set tag...........
PAGE 9
bgp client-to-client reflection........................................................................................................................ 287 bgp cluster-id................................................................................................................................................. 287 bgp confederation identifier...........................................................................................................................288 bgp confederation peers..............
PAGE 10
neighbor local-as........................................................................................................................................... 320 neighbor maximum-prefix.............................................................................................................................. 320 neighbor password........................................................................................................................................ 321 neighbor peer-group (assigning peers)..
PAGE 11
MBGP Commands.................................................................................................................................................371 debug ip bgp dampening................................................................................................................................372 distance bgp...................................................................................................................................................372 show ip bgp dampened-paths.......
PAGE 12
dcb-policy input..............................................................................................................................................401 dcb-policy input stack-unit stack-ports all.................................................................................................... 402 dcb stack-unit pfc-buffering pfc-port-count pfc-queues...............................................................................403 description......................................................
PAGE 13
Debugging and Diagnostics................................................................................................ 441 Offline Diagnostic Commands...............................................................................................................................441 diag stack-unit................................................................................................................................................441 offline stack-unit............................................
PAGE 14
ip dhcp snooping............................................................................................................................................ 470 ip dhcp snooping binding............................................................................................................................... 471 ip dhcp snooping database............................................................................................................................ 472 ip dhcp snooping database renew..........
PAGE 15
show fip-snooping system....................................................................................................................................505 show fip-snooping vlan.........................................................................................................................................505 show fips status....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 16
show redundancy................................................................................................................................................. 538 21 ICMP Message Types.......................................................................................................... 541 22 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP).................................................................543 IGMP Commands........................................................................................
PAGE 17
interface range...............................................................................................................................................575 interface range macro (define)...................................................................................................................... 578 interface range macro name..........................................................................................................................579 interface vlan...............................
PAGE 18
show port-channel-flow.................................................................................................................................628 Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR)....................................................................................................................... 630 tdr-cable-test................................................................................................................................................. 630 show tdr..............................
PAGE 19
ip host................................................................................................................................................................... 665 ip max-frag-count................................................................................................................................................. 666 ip mtu....................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
clear ipv6 mld_host...............................................................................................................................................720 ipv6 address autoconfig........................................................................................................................................721 ipv6 address..........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
bgp regex-eval-optz-disable.................................................................................................................................758 bgp router-id......................................................................................................................................................... 759 bgp soft-reconfig-backup.....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
neighbor send-community....................................................................................................................................794 neighbor shutdown...............................................................................................................................................795 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound.................................................................................................................796 neighbor subnet....................
PAGE 23
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening.................................................................................................................. 830 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates....................................................................................................831 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates....................................................................................................................... 831 distance bgp.........................................
PAGE 24
30 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS)..................................................... 867 adjacency-check.................................................................................................................................................. 867 advertise............................................................................................................................................................... 868 area-password.................................................
PAGE 25
is-type................................................................................................................................................................... 898 log-adjacency-changes........................................................................................................................................899 lsp-gen-interval.....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp............................................................................................... 939 mac learning-limit.......................................................................................................................................... 939 mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation.......................................................................................................... 941 mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky.....................
PAGE 27
hello................................................................................................................................................................977 management-interface...................................................................................................................................978 mode...............................................................................................................................................................978 multiplier...........
PAGE 28
debug spanning-tree mstp..................................................................................................................................1007 disable.................................................................................................................................................................1008 forward-delay..................................................................................................................................................... 1009 hello-time..
PAGE 29
debug ip ospf................................................................................................................................................1041 default-information originate....................................................................................................................... 1043 default-metric...............................................................................................................................................1044 description.......................
PAGE 30
show ip ospf database nssa-external.......................................................................................................... 1083 show ip ospf database opaque-area........................................................................................................... 1083 show ip ospf database opaque-as............................................................................................................... 1085 show ip ospf database opaque-link......................................
PAGE 31
show ipv6 ospf interface.............................................................................................................................. 1130 show ipv6 ospf neighbor.............................................................................................................................. 1132 39 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM)............................................................................................1133 IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands...............................................
PAGE 32
ipv6 pim sparse-mode.................................................................................................................................. 1164 ipv6 pim spt-threshold.................................................................................................................................. 1164 show ipv6 pim bsr-router............................................................................................................................. 1165 show ipv6 pim interface....................
PAGE 33
rate shape.................................................................................................................................................... 1202 service-class dot1p-mapping.......................................................................................................................1203 service-class dynamic dot1p....................................................................................................................... 1204 strict-priority queue........................
PAGE 34
wred-profile..................................................................................................................................................1244 44 Routing Information Protocol (RIP).................................................................................. 1245 auto-summary.....................................................................................................................................................1245 clear ip rip.............................................
PAGE 35
show rmon history.............................................................................................................................................. 1281 show rmon log.................................................................................................................................................... 1282 show rmon statistics...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
service password-encryption...................................................................................................................... 1319 show privilege.............................................................................................................................................. 1319 show users................................................................................................................................................... 1320 timeout login response..............
PAGE 37
ip ssh password-authentication...................................................................................................................1349 ip ssh pub-key-file........................................................................................................................................ 1350 ip ssh rhostsfile............................................................................................................................................ 1351 ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config)....
PAGE 38
show snmp................................................................................................................................................... 1381 show snmp engineID....................................................................................................................................1382 show snmp group.........................................................................................................................................1383 show snmp user........................
PAGE 39
redundancy force-failover stack-unit.................................................................................................................1426 redundancy protocol.......................................................................................................................................... 1426 reset stack-unit...................................................................................................................................................1427 show redundancy............
PAGE 40
ntp authenticate..................................................................................................................................................1466 ntp broadcast client............................................................................................................................................1466 ntp disable..........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 41
vlan-stack access...............................................................................................................................................1501 vlan-stack compatible........................................................................................................................................ 1502 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping..................................................................................................................................
PAGE 42
show vrrp......................................................................................................................................................1534 virtual-address............................................................................................................................................. 1537 vrrp delay minimum...................................................................................................................................... 1538 vrrp delay reload...........
PAGE 43
About this Guide 1 This book provides information about the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in FTOS S4810 platform.
PAGE 44
x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.
PAGE 45
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in.
PAGE 46
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, FTOS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 47
When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • The commands are not case-sensitive. • You can enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter int gig int interface for the interface gigabitethernet interface command. • To complete keywords in commands, use the TAB key. • To display the last enabled command, use the up Arrow key. • Use either the Backspace key or Delete key to erase the previous character.
PAGE 48
• CLI mode is the second part of the prompt and reflects the current CLI mode. For a list of the FTOS command modes, refer to the command mode list in the Accessing the Command Line section. The CLI prompt changes as you move up and down the levels of the command structure. Starting with CONFIGURATION mode, the command prompt adds modifiers to further identify the mode. For more information about command modes, refer to the Command Modes section.
PAGE 49
save copies the output to a file for future use Displaying All Output To display the output all at once (not one screen at a time), use the no-more option after the pipe. This operation is similar to the terminal length screen-length command except that the no-more option affects the output of just the specified command. For example: FTOS#show running-config|no-more. Filtering the Command Output Multiple Times You can filter a single command output multiple times.
PAGE 50
2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command. CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, refer to Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command. The prompt changes to include (conf-control-cpuqos).
PAGE 51
ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode. For more information, refer to ecmp_overview. To enter ECMP GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmpgroup-ecmp-group-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode.
PAGE 52
FRRP Mode To enable or configure Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP), use FRRP mode. For more information, refer to Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP). To enter FRRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol frrp command then the ring ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-frrp-ring-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces.
PAGE 53
IP ACCESS LIST Mode To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs), use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command. To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command. Include a name for the ACL. The prompt changes to include (conf-std-nacl) or (conf-ext-nacl). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 54
MAC ACCESS LIST Mode To enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs), use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command. To enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command. Include a name for the ACL. The prompt changes to include (conf-std-macl) or (conf-ext-macl). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 55
To enter PVST+ mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree pvst command. The prompt changes to include (conf-pvst). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP Mode To configure shared LAG state tracking, use PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. For more information, refer to Port Channel Commands. To enter PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 56
QOS POLICY Mode To configure ETS bandwidth allocation and scheduling for priority traffic, use QOS POLICY mode. For more information, refer to ETS Commands. To enter QOS POLICY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the qos-policy-output command, then the policy name, then ets. The prompt changes to include (conf-qos-policy-out-ets). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. RAPID SPANNING TREE (RSTP) Mode To enable and configure RSTP, use RSTP mode.
PAGE 57
2. Use the router isis command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_isis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode. For more information, refer to Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2). To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_ospf-id).
PAGE 58
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip trace-list command. Include the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include (conftrace-acl). You can exit this mode by using the exit command. VLT DOMAIN Mode To enable and configure the VLT domain protocol, use VLT DOMAIN mode. For more information, refer to Virtual Link Trunking (VLT). To enter VLT DOMAIN mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the vlt domaincommand then the VLT domain number.
PAGE 59
3 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the S4810 platform. boot system Tell the system where to access the FTOS image used to boot the system.
PAGE 60
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, save the running configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command) and reload system. cd Change to a different working directory.
PAGE 61
file-url To copy a file from the internal FLASH enter flash:// followed by the filename To copy a file on an FTP server enter ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath To copy the running configuration enter the keyword running-config To copy the startup configuration enter the keyword startup-config To copy using a Secure Copy (SCP), enter the keyword scp: • If you enter scp: in the source position, enter the target URL; • If you enter scp: in the target position, first enter the source URL; To co
PAGE 62
E-Series Usage Information Original command. FTOS supports a maximum of 100 files at the root directory level, on both the internal and external Flash. When copying a file to a remote location (for example, using Secure Copy [SCP]), enter only the keywords and FTOS prompts you need for the rest of the information. For example, when using SCP, you can enter copy running-config scp: where running-config is the source and the target is specified in the ensuing prompts.
PAGE 63
delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored. S4810 Syntax Parameters delete flash-url [no-confirm] flash-url no-confirm Enter the following location and keywords: • For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename or directory name. • For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename or directory name.
PAGE 64
• For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter slot0:// then the filename or directory name. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 65
Usage Information You must include the colon (:) when entering this command. After reformatting is complete, three empty directories are automatically created on flash: CRASH_LOG_DIR, TRACE_LOG_DIR and NVTRACE_LOG_DIR. CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file. So, after executing this command, consider saving the running config as the startup config (use the write memory command or copy run start command).
PAGE 66
rename Rename a file in the local file system. S4810 Syntax Parameters rename url url url Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an external USB drive, enter usbflash:// followed by the filename. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 67
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 68
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Example FTOS#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://box:password@10.31.1.205//home/ 5.3.1/5.3.1.0/FTOS-ED-RPM1-5.3.1.0.bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = variable does not exist DEFAULT IMAGE FILE = flash://FTOS-ED-5.3.1.
PAGE 69
Example Command Fields Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command FTOS#show file-systems Size(b) Free(b) Feature Type Flags Prefixes 63938560 51646464 dosFs2.0 MMC rw flash: 63938560 18092032 dosFs1.
PAGE 70
show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. S4810 Syntax Parameters show os-version [file-url] file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: • For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath. • For a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/ filepath. • For a file on the USB port, enter usbflash://filepath.
PAGE 71
Parameters entity (OPTIONAL) To display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration, enter one of the following keywords: NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 72
line for the current line configuration lldp for the current LLDP configuration load-balance for the current port-channel load-balance configuration logging for the current logging configuration mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac-addresstable for the current MAC configuration managementeis for the current management EIS configuration managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor
PAGE 73
rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanningtree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-group for the current trace-group configura
PAGE 74
Version 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. Version 6.5.4.0 Added the status option. Example FTOS#show running-config Current Configuration ... ! Version 7.4.1.0 ! Last configuration change at Tue Apr 10 17:43:38 2007 by admin ! Startup-config last updated at Thu Mar 29 02:35:08 2007 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary flash://FTOS-EF-7.4.1.0.bin boot system rpm0 secondary flash://FTOS-EF-6.3.1.2.
PAGE 75
Example FTOS#show startup-config ! Version 7.4.1.0 ! Last configuration change at Thu Mar 29 02:16:07 2007 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Thu Mar 29 02:35:08 2007 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary flash://FTOS-EF-7.4.1.0.bin boot system rpm0 secondary flash://FTOS-EF-6.3.1.2.bin boot system rpm0 default flash://FTOS-EF-6.5.1.8.bin ! ... Related Commands show running-config – displays the current (running) configuration.
PAGE 76
bytes Route bytes Route bytes of memory. Processor 1: IBM PowerPC 405GP (Rev D) with 536870912 of memory. Processor 2: IBM PowerPC 405GP (Rev D) with 536870912 of memory. 128K bytes of non-volatile configuration memory.
PAGE 77
Example (SSeries) Lines Beginning With Description 128K bytes... Amount and type of memory on system 1 Route Processor... Hardware configuration of the system, including the number and type of physical interfaces available FTOS#show version Dell Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: E7-8-1-13 Copyright (c) 1999-2008 by Dell Force10 Networks, Inc.
PAGE 78
FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)# FTOS# upgrade Upgrade the bootflash image or system image of the management unit. S4810 Syntax Parameters 78 upgrade {boot | system} {ftp: | scp: | tftp: | flash: {A: |B:} | stack-unit | usbflash | slot0:} file-url boot Enter the keyword boot to change the boot image. system Enter the keyword system to change the system image.
PAGE 79
• To copy a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/ filepath/filename. where hostip is either an IPv4 dotted decimal address or an IPv6 URI [x:x:x:x::x] format address. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0(0.
PAGE 80
..................................... ............................................................... ..................................... ............................................................... ..................................... ....................................
PAGE 81
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they apply to the following Dell Networking S4810 platform. NOTE: Starting in version 8.3.10.0, the enable xfp-power-updates command was deprecated for the S4810.
PAGE 82
Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 83
Usage Information Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. Version 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dualqos. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 84
Usage Information Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Reboot the switch after changing the parameter values for changes to take effect. For platform-specific instructions about using this command, refer to the SDN chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide. clear line Reset a terminal line. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system.
PAGE 85
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. S4810 Syntax Parameters configure [terminal] terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 86
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level.
PAGE 87
Example • disable • exit • config FTOS(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] FTOS(conf-if-te-5/0)# FTOS(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] FTOS(conf-if-te-5/0)# FTOS(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n FTOS(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured.
PAGE 88
password command to configure a password for the enable command at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15. Related Commands enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level. enable optic-info-update interval Enable polling intervals of optical information updates for simple network management protocol (SNMP).
PAGE 89
enable xfp-power-updates Enable 10–gigabit small form-factor pluggable (XFP) power updates for SNMP. S4810: Deprecated Syntax Parameters enable xfp-power-updates interval seconds interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 90
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History end • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • LINE • INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • VRRP • ACCESS-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 91
exec-banner Enable the display of a text string when the user enters EXEC mode. S4810 Syntax exec-banner To disable the banner on terminal lines, use the no exec-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears). Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 92
seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 2147483. The default is 0 seconds. Defaults 10 minutes for console line; 30 minutes for VTY lines; 0 seconds Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 93
Command History • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 94
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Example morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 FTOS (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
PAGE 95
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information After you enable FTP server functions with the ftp-server enable command, Dell Networking recommends specifying a top-level directory path. Without a top-level directory path specified, the FTOS directs users to the flash directory when logging in to the FTP server.
PAGE 96
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. S4810 Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long.
PAGE 97
ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. S4810 Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command. Parameters encryption-type password (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 98
ip ftp source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. S4810 Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number.
PAGE 99
ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. S4810 Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 100
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 101
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 102
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Verison 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 103
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information You cannot delete a terminal connection. Related Commands access-class — restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL).
PAGE 104
ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
PAGE 105
df-bit (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for the “don't fragment” bit in IPv4 header. • N: Do not set the “don't fragment” bit. • Y: Do set “don't fragment” bit Default is No. validate-reply (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for reply validation. • N: Do not validate reply data. • Y: Do validate reply data. Default is No. Defaults Command Modes Command History outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address.
PAGE 106
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the ExaScale. Version 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 107
Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms FTOS# Example (IPv6) FTOS#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) FTOS# reload Reboot FTOS. S4810 Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change] conditional nvram-cfgchange Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfgchange.
PAGE 108
send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. S4810 Syntax Parameters send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 109
Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp.
PAGE 110
show alarms View alarms for the route process module (RPM), switch fabric modules (SFMs), line cards, and fan trays. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show alarms [threshold] threshold • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds set for the line cards, RPM, and SFMs. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 111
show cam-acl-vlan Display the block sizes allocated for the VLAN CAM ACL. S4810 Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 112
Example 112 FTOS#show command-history [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption]by default from console [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption hostname Force10]by default from console - Repeated 3 times.
PAGE 113
Related Commands clear command history — clears the command history log. show command-tree Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each command and its options. S4810 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show command-tree [count | no] count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command.
PAGE 114
aaa authentication enable command usage:1 WORD option usage: 1 default option usage: 0 enable option usage: 0 line option usage: 0 none option usage: 0 radius option usage: 1 tacacs+ option usage: 0 show cpu-traffic-stats View the CPU traffic statistics. S4810 Syntax Parameters show cpu-traffic-stats [port number | all | cp ] port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only. The range is from 1 to 1568.
PAGE 115
NOTE: After debugging is complete, use the no debug cpu-traffic-stats command to shut off traffic statistics collection.
PAGE 116
GigabitEthernet 5/0-1,5-6,10-11,15,17,19,21 ICMP packet debugging is on for GigabitEthernet 5/0,2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 FTOS# show environment View S-Series and Z-Series system component status (for example, temperature or voltage). S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show environment [all | fan | stack-unit unit-id | pem] all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis dependent.
PAGE 117
0 up up up up up up up -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type -------------------------------------------0 0 up AC 0 1 absent -- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage -------------------------------------------0* online 50C ok * Management Unit -- Fan Status -Unit Status Speed Fan1 Fan2 Fan3 Fan4 Fan5 Fan6 Serial Num Version --------------------------------------------1 up high up up up up up up 1234 1 Example (fan) FTOS#show environment fan -- Fan Status --------------------------------------
PAGE 118
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 119
Unit Type Serial Number Part Number Rev Piece Part ID Ver Service Tag ------------------------------------------------------------* 0 Z9000-01-40GE-AC Z8FX113100314 MY-08R4VK-75412-1BA-0474 A00 ABC1234 0 Z9000-PWR-AC N/A N/A N/A 0 Z9000-FAN Z5FX112500170 MY-08R4VK-75412-1BA-0474 A00 ABC1234 0 Z9000-FAN Z5FX113300293 N/A N/A 0 Z9000-FAN Z5FX113300160 MY-08R4VK-75412-1BA-0474 A00 ABC1234 0 Z9000-FAN Z5FX113300136 MY-08R4VK-75412-1BA-0474 A00 ABC1234 7520052401 N/A E N/A N/A 7520051702 A 7520051702 A N/A
PAGE 120
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for the S-Series. Usage Information The output for show memory displays the memory usage of LP part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the S-Series’ CPU.
PAGE 121
memory Command Modes Command History • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword memory to display memory statistics. Refer to Example (memory). EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.
PAGE 122
260 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% bcmDPC 253 10690 1069 10000 0.00% 10.00% sysd 251 2380 238 10000 0.00% 0.00% kfldintr 58 30 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% sh 36 50 5 10000 0.00% 0.00% 1 !-------- output truncated -------------! Example (stackunit) 122 2.97% 0 0.50% 0 0.00% 0 0.
PAGE 123
Total : 160231424, MaxUsed : 130596864 [09/19/2007 03:11:17] CurrentUsed: 130596864, CurrentFree: 29634560 SharedUsed : 14261872, SharedFree : 6709672 PID Process ResSize Size Allocs Frees Max Current 124 KernLrnAgMv 140410880 0 0 0 0 0 117 frrp 5677056 217088 87650 0 87650 87650 116 xstp 7585792 1536000 551812 49692 518684 502120 109 span 5709824 221184 55386 0 55386 55386 108 pim 5869568 720896 12300 0 12300 12300 103 igmp 5513216 327680 18236 16564 18236 1672 100 mrtm 6905856 516096 72846 0 72846 72846 9
PAGE 124
Related Commands show hardware layer2 acl — displays Layer 2 ACL data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show hardware layer3 — displays Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 125
Usage Information Field Description Source QID /Tx Process Source Service Identifier Destination QID/Rx Process Destination Service Identifier Cur Len Current number of messages enqueued High Mark Highest number of packets in the queue at any time #of to / Timeout Timeout count #of Retr /Retries Number of retransmissions #msg Sent/Msg Sent/ Number of messages sent #msg Ackd/Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Retr /Available Retra Number of retries left Total/ Max Retra Number of
PAGE 126
RTM0 FIBAGT0 0 2 0 0 4 4 255 255 L2PM0 STP0 0 5 0 0 5 5 25 25 ACL_AGENT0 PIM0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 20 ACL_AGENT0 PIM0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 20 FRRP0 L2PM0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 25 L2PM0 FRRP0 0 1 0 0 13 13 25 25 ACL0 ACL_AGENT0 0 4 0 0 7 7 90 90 ACL0 MACAGENT0 0 0 0 0 0 0 90 90 IFMGR0 EVENTTERMLOG0 0 1 0 0 1 1 8 8 IFMGR0 SNMP0 0 1 0 0 1 1 8 8 IFMGR0 IPMGR0 0 7 0 0 9 9 8 8 IFMGR0 DIFFSERV0 0 2 0 0 3 3 8 8 DIFFSERV0 ACL_AGENT0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 !---------------output truncated -----------------------! show processes memory Di
PAGE 127
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 128
Example (managementunit) FTOS#show processes management-unit Total : 151937024, MaxUsed : 111800320 [2/25/2008 4:18:53] CurrentUsed: 98848768, CurrentFree: 53088256 SharedUsed : 13007848, SharedFree : 7963696 PID Process ResSize Size Allocs Frees Max Current 337 KernLrnAgMv 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 331 vrrp 5189632 249856 50572 0 50572 50572 323 frrp 5206016 241664 369238 0 369238 369238 322 xstp 7430144 2928640 38328 0 38328 38328 321 pim 5267456 823296 62168 0 62168 62168 314 igmp 4960256 380928 18588 16564 1
PAGE 129
stack-unit unit-ID • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number: The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10G Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack member number to display IFM information for that unit. The range is from 0 to 1.
PAGE 130
0x00000000 0 FTOS# show system Display the status of all stack members or a specific member. S4810 Syntax Parameters show system [brief | stack-unit unit-id | stack-ports {status | topology}] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of system information. stack-unit unit-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack member ID for information on that stack member. The unit ID range for the S4810 is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 131
Example FTOS#show system brief Stack MAC : 0:1:e8:d6:4:70 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 Member not present 1 Standby online S50V S50V 7.7.1.0 52 2 Mgmt online S50V S50V 7.7.1.
PAGE 132
Version Service Tag Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : N/A N/A disabled 00:01:e8:a0:bf:eb 3 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type Temperature(deg C) FanSpeed(rpm) ------------------------------------------------------------------------Example (S4810) FTOS#show system stack-unit 0 -- Unit 0 -Unit Type Status Next Boot Required Type Current Type Master priority Hardware Rev Num Ports Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable POE Capable Boot Flash Memory Size Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part
PAGE 133
show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting on S-Series or Z-Series switches. S4810 Syntax Parameters show tech-support [stack-unit unit-id | page] stack-unit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit to view CPU memory usage for the stack member designated by unit-id. The unit ID range for the S4810 is from 0 to 11. page (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword page to view 24 lines of text at a time.
PAGE 134
Example (SSeries) • show clock • show environment • show file • show interfaces • show inventory • show ip protocols • show ip route summary • show processes cpu • show processes memory • show redundancy • show running-conf • show version FTOS#show tech-support ? page Page through output stack-unit Unit Number | Pipe through a command FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ? | Pipe through a command FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 1 | ? except Show only text that does not m
PAGE 135
32M bytes of Boot-Flash memory. 1 48-port E/FE/GE (SB) 48 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 4 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) ------------------------------------ show clock ------------------------------12:03:01.695 UTC Wed Nov 21 2007 ----------------------------------- show running-config -----------------------Current Configuration ... ! Version E_MAIN4.7.5.
PAGE 136
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series. telnet Connect through Telnet to a server.
PAGE 137
• Defaults Command Modes Command History For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Not configured. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 138
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. S4810 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512.
PAGE 139
traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. S4810 Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity.
PAGE 140
Usage Information When you enter the traceroute command without specifying an IP address (Extended Traceroute), you are prompted for a target and source IP address, timeout (in seconds) (default is 5), a probe count (default is 3), minimum TTL (default is 1), maximum TTL (default is 30), and port number (default is 33434). To keep the default setting for those parameters, press the ENTER key. For IPv6, you are prompted for a minimum hop count (default is 1) and a maximum hop count (default is 64).
PAGE 141
undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. S4810 Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 142
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 143
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startupconfiguration.
PAGE 144
PAGE 145
5 802.1ag 802.1ag is available on the Dell Networking S4810 platform. ccm disable Disable continuity check message (CCM). S4810 Syntax ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 146
Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 147
Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 148
Parameters name Name the maintenance domain. md-level number Enter a maintenance domain level. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 149
ethernet cfm mep Create an MEP. S4810 Syntax Parameters ethernet cfm mep {up-mep | down-mep} domain {name | level} maname name mepid mep-id [up-mep | downmep] Specify whether the MEP is up or down facing. • Up-MEP: monitors the forwarding path internal to a bridge on the customer or provider edge; on Dell Networking systems, the internal forwarding path is effectively the switch fabric and forwarding engine. • Down-MEP: monitors the forwarding path external to another bridge.
PAGE 150
Parameters domain [name | level] Enter the keyword domain then the domain name or domain level. ma-name name Enter the keyword ma-name then the name of the maintenance association. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 151
mep cross-check enable Enable cross-checking. S4810 Syntax Parameters mep cross-check enable {port | vlan-id} port Down service with no VLAN association. vlan-id Enter the VLAN to apply the cross-check. Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 152
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ping ethernet Send a loopback message. S4810 Syntax Parameters ping ethernet domain [name l level] ma-name ma-name remote {dest-mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} source {src-mep-id | port interface} name | level Enter the domain name or level. ma-name ma- name Enter the keyword ma-name and then enter the maintenance association name.
PAGE 153
show ethernet cfm domain Display maintenance domain information. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm domain [name | level | brief] name | level Enter the maintenance domain name or level. brief Enter the keyword brief to display a summary output. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 154
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 155
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. FTOS#show ethernet cfm maintenance-points remote detail MAC Address: 00:01:e8:58:68:78 Domain Name: cfm0 MA Name: test0 Level: 7 VLAN: 10 MP ID: 900 Sender Chassis ID: Force10 MEP Interface status: Up MEP Port status: Forwarding Receive RDI: FALSE MP Status: Active show ethernet cfm mipbd Display the MIP database.
PAGE 156
Parameters domain Enter the keyword domain to display statistics for a particular domain. name | level Enter the domain name or level. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan-id then a VLAN ID. mpid mpid Enter the keyword mpid then a maintenance point ID. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 157
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 158
MA name Test2 with VLAN 2 -----------------------------------------------------Hops Host IngressMAC Ingr Action Relay Action Next Host Egress MAC Egress Action FWD Status -------------------------------------------------------4 00:00:00:01:e8:53:4a:f8 00:01:e8:52:4a:f8 IngOK RlyHit 00:00:00:01:e8:52:4a:f8 Terminal MEP service Create maintenance association. S4810 Syntax Parameters service name vlan vlan-id name Enter a maintenance association name.
PAGE 159
traceroute cache hold-time Set the amount of time a trace result is cached. S4810 Syntax Parameters traceroute cache hold-time minutes minutes Enter a hold-time. The range is from 10 to 65535 minutes. Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 160
Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. traceroute ethernet Send a linktrace message to an MEP. S4810 Syntax Parameters traceroute ethernet domain [name | level] ma-name remote {mepid mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} domain name | level Enter the keyword domain then the domain name or level. ma-name maname Enter the keyword ma-name then the maintenance association name. mepid mep-id Enter the MEP ID that is the trace target. mac-addr macaddress Enter the MAC address of the trace target.
PAGE 161
802.1X 6 An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 162
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. S4810 Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 163
Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 164
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address. S4810 Syntax dot1x auth-type mab-only Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 165
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. S4810 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on a globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 166
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Configuration) dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. S4810 Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 167
Related Commands • dot1x auth-fail-vlan • dot1x reauthentication • dot1x reauth-max • show dot1x interface dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. S4810 Syntax Parameters dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} single-host Enable single-host authentication. multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication. Defaults single-host Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 168
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, FTOS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. S4810 Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 169
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-Auth mode.
PAGE 170
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. S4810 Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 171
Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 172
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can reauthenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. S4810 Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 173
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 174
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. S4810 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30.
PAGE 175
mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. none • EXEC • EXEC privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 176
2 3 4 5 6 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. S4810 Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 177
Example FTOS#show dot1x int Gi 2/32 802.
PAGE 178
802.
PAGE 179
Access Control Lists (ACL) 7 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the S4810 platform.
PAGE 180
description Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured. • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 181
show config Display the current ACL configuration. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show config • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 182
access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line. S4810 Syntax access-class access-list-name To remove an ACL, use the no access-class access-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured Standard ACL, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 183
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 184
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 185
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 186
Usage Information Example show ip accounting access-lists Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. FTOS#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface gig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.
PAGE 187
host ip-address • count — Enter the keyword bytesorder to count bytes the filter processes. • dscp — Enter the keyword dcsp followed by the DCSP value to match to the IP DCSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. • fragments — Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. • order — Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 188
ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. S4810 Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard access-listname command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name. Defaults All IP access lists contain an implicit “deny any,” that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
PAGE 189
permit To permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax permit {source [mask]| any | host ip-address} To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent.
PAGE 190
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.
PAGE 191
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 192
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes the filter processes. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 193
• Related Commands If sequence-number is configured, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type.
PAGE 194
destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 195
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only.
PAGE 196
message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type. The range is from 0 to 255 for ICMP type and from 0 to 255 for ICMP code. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file.
PAGE 197
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 198
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name network-unknown Network unknown no-room-for-option Parameter required but no room option-missing Parameter required but not present packet-too-big Fragmentation needed and DF set parameter-problem All parameter problems port-unreachable Port unreachable precedenceunreachable Precedence cutoff protocolunreachable Protocol unreachable reassembly-timeout Reassembly timeout redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advert
PAGE 199
• Parameters Use the no deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 200
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 201
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented.
PAGE 202
• Parameters 202 Use the no deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 203
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the section “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 204
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 205
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specification on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long.
PAGE 206
dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 207
permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ipaddress} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 208
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet • 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous.
PAGE 209
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. Version 6.5.
PAGE 210
Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 211
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 212
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 213
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ipv4 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 214
deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to filter based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list.
PAGE 215
The range is from 0 to 255 for ICMP type and from 0 to 255 for ICMP code. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values.
PAGE 216
Version 6.5.10 Usage Information Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. The following applies: • The seq sequence-number command is applicable only in an ACL group.
PAGE 217
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 218
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC ACL.
PAGE 219
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced. show mac accounting access-list Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured).
PAGE 220
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The ACL hit counters in this command increment the counters for each matching rule, not just the first matching rule.
PAGE 221
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 222
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets. seq — configures a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list standard To configure a standard MAC ACL, name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode.
PAGE 223
Example FTOS(conf)#mac-access-list access-list standard TestMAC FTOS(config-std-macl)#? deny Specify packets to reject description List description exit Exit from access-list configuration mode no Negate a command or set its defaults permit Specify packets to forward remark Specify access-list entry remark seq Sequence numbers show Show Standard ACL configuration permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter.
PAGE 224
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 225
mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets.
PAGE 226
Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. The S4810 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 227
• snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 228
mac access-list extended Name a new or existing extended MAC access control list (extended MAC ACL). S4810 Syntax mac access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list extended accesslist-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a text string as the MAC access list name, up to 140 characters. cpu-qos Enter the keywords cpu-qos to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only (CoPP).
PAGE 229
FTOS(conf)#do show mac accounting access-list snickers interface g0/47 in Extended mac access-list snickers on GigabitEthernet 0/47 seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 count bytes (559851886 packets 191402152148 bytes) seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes (74481486 packets 5031686754 bytes) seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes (7751519 packets 797843521 bytes) Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC access list.
PAGE 230
ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets.
PAGE 231
Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq — configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure or enable IP prefix lists, use these commands. clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic mets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 232
deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefix- length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 233
ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. S4810 Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 234
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number. The range is from 1 to 4294967294. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. any (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword any to match any packets. ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0.
PAGE 235
show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 236
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 237
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 238
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 239
description Add a description to this route map. S4810 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the route map (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 240
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 241
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. ip community-list — configures an Community Access list. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. neighbor send-community — sends COMMUNITY attribute to peer or peer group. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command.
PAGE 242
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type.
PAGE 243
match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match ip next-hop To match based on the next-hop IP addresses specified in an IP access list or IP prefix list, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefixlist-name} command.
PAGE 244
match ip route-source To match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip route-source {prefix-list prefixlist-name} command. Parameters prefix-list prefix- list-name Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 245
match metric To match on a specified value, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax match metric metric-value To delete a value, use the no match metric [metric-value] command. Parameters metric-value Enter a value to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 246
Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to match routes originating outside the AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 247
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 248
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers.
PAGE 249
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 250
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can prepend up to eight AS numbers to a BGP route. Related Commands match as-path — redistributes routes that match an AS-PATH attribute. This command influences best path selection in BGP by inserting a tag or AS number into the AS_PATH attribute. ip as-path access-list — configures an AS-PATH access list.
PAGE 251
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command. Parameters community-listname Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 252
set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. S4810 Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | noexport | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command. Parameters communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 253
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip community-list — configures community access list. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. neighbor send-community — assigns the COMMUNITY attribute. show ip bgp community — displays BGP community groups. show ip community-lists — displays configured Community access lists.
PAGE 254
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 255
Related Commands bgp default local-preference — changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric. Parameters + (OPTIONAL) Enter + to add a metric-value to the redistributed routes. - (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value.
PAGE 256
set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric.
PAGE 257
set next-hop To specify an IP address as the next hop, configure a filter. S4810 Syntax set next-hop ip-address To delete the setting, use the no set next-hop ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 258
igp Enter the keyword igp to set routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to set routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 259
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter.
PAGE 260
show config Display the current route map configuration. S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 261
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 262
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes, use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands.
PAGE 263
permit ^$.*$$ FTOS# IP Community List Commands IP community list commands are supported on the S4810 platform. ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. S4810 Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 264
Parameters Command Modes Command History name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the standard or extended IP community list, up to 140 characters. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example 264 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 265
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) 8 Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03. BFD is supported on the S4810 platform.
PAGE 266
Defaults Command Modes Refer to Parameters. ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2.(0.0) Introduced BFD for VRRP and OSPFv3 on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced BFD for BGP on the Z9000.
PAGE 267
bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. S4810 Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on S4810. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 268
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. S4810 Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 269
min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100. multiplier value Enter the keywords multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3.
PAGE 270
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.
PAGE 271
Usage Information Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state. Peer routers might take corrective action by choosing alternative paths for the routes that originally pointed to this router.
PAGE 272
Version 7.4.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 273
Version 9.2.0.0 Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810. This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 274
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 275
Version 8.4.1.3 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. When you enable a BFD session with a specified BGP neighbor or peer group using the bfd neighbor command, the default BFD session parameters are used (interval: 100 milliseconds, min_rx: 100 milliseconds, multiplier: 3 packets, and role: active) if you have not specified parameters with the bfd neighbor command.
PAGE 276
Version 8.4.1.3 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. When you explicitly disable a BGP neighbor for a BFD session with the neighbor bfd disable command: • The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD disable values configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs. • The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command: interval, min_rx, and multiplier.
PAGE 277
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Added support for BFD for BGP on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 278
Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 FTOS# Related Commands bfd neighbor — establishes a BFD session with a neighbor. bfd all-neighbors — establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd neighbor Establish a BFD for VRRP session with a neighbor. S4810 Syntax vrrp bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no vrrp bfd neighbor ipaddress command.
PAGE 279
Border Gateway Protocol 9 BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables. BGP is supported in FTOS version 8.3.7.0 for the S4810 platform .
PAGE 280
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 281
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 282
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 283
bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). S4810 Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 284
FTOS(conf)# Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. S4810 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 285
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm. The multipath-relax option allows load-sharing across providers with different (but equal-length) autonomous system paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for load-sharing.
PAGE 286
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.
PAGE 287
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. S4810 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 288
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors.
PAGE 289
Usage Information To accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4-byte AS number, configure your system. All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation.
PAGE 290
Related Commands bgp confederation identifier — configures a confederation ID. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. S4810 Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 291
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the bgp dampening command, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are positiondependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, configure the parameters in the order they appear in the CLI. Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths — views the BGP paths.
PAGE 292
bgp enforce-first-as Disable (or enable) enforce-first-as check for updates received from EBGP peers. S4810 Syntax bgp enforce-first-as To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 293
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process.
PAGE 294
bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router. S4810 Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, use the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 295
bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. S4810 Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 296
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced. This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution using BGP learned routes.
PAGE 297
BGP policies, containing regular expressions to match as-path and communities, tend to use much CPU processing time, which in turn affects the BGP routing convergence. Additionally, the show bgp commands, which are filtered through regular expressions, use up CPU cycles particularly with large databases. The Regex Engine Performance Enhancement feature optimizes the CPU usage by caching and reusing regular expression evaluation results. This caching and reuse may be at the expensive of RP1 processor memory.
PAGE 298
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. bgp soft-reconfig-backup To avoid the peer from resending messages, use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated. S4810 Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command.
PAGE 299
To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 300
Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced capture bgp-pdu neighbor — enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) — enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series. clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions on the E-Series.
PAGE 301
flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peer-group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 302
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
PAGE 303
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show debugging — views the enabled debugging operations. show ip bgp flap-statistics — views the BGP flap statistics. undebug all — disables all debugging operations. clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions.
PAGE 304
peer-group peer- group-name Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer group to debug. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. A.B.C.D Enter the IP address of peer in the A.B.C.D format. X:X:X:X::X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X:X:X:X::X format. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening.
PAGE 305
show debugging — views enabled debugging operations. debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 306
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only events on outbound BGP messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 307
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors.
PAGE 308
debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} softreconfiguration To disable, use the no debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group..
PAGE 309
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. prefix-list prefix- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefix-list then the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). list-name ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 310
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands bgp always-compare-med — enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes.
PAGE 311
max-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. S4810 Syntax max-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. The S4810 range is from 2 to 64.
PAGE 312
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 313
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 314
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 315
number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 316
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor defaultoriginate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group).
PAGE 317
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 318
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 319
Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for example, no active route exists in the routing table for the peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer. Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors — displays information on the BGP neighbors. neighbor graceful-restart Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor.
PAGE 320
neighbor local-as To accept external routes from neighbors with a local AS number in the AS number path, configure Internal BGP (IBGP) routers. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as as-number [noprepend] To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 321
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the E-Series software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent.
PAGE 322
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. password Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 323
neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to an existing peer group. S4810 Syntax neighbor ip-address peer-group peer-group-name To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor ip-address peer-group peer-group-name command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 324
Related Commands clear ip bgp — resets BGP sessions. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group. show ip bgp peer-group — views BGP peers. show ip bgp neighbors — views BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. S4810 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command.
PAGE 325
To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peergroup passive command. Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. limit (Optional, S4810 only) Enter the keyword limit to constrain the numbers of sessions for this peer-group. The range is from 2 to 256. The default is 256. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 326
number Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 327
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Applies to EBGP neighbors only. Configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4 byte AS Number.
PAGE 328
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
PAGE 329
If the clients of a route reflector are fully meshed, you can configure the route reflector to not reflect routes to specified clients by using the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 330
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound Enable soft-reconfiguration for BGP. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound To disable, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} softreconfiguration inbound command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 331
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} timers command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 332
neighbor update-source Enable the E-Series software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} update-source interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} update-source interface command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 333
weight Enter a number as the weight. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 334
• set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 335
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 336
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 337
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 338
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted.
PAGE 339
00000000 00000001 0181a1e4 0181a25c 41af9400 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Outgoing packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 340
neighbor 123.34.55.123 shutdown FTOS(conf-router_bgp)# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] [network [network-mask] [longerprefixes]] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 341
Example Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. FTOS>show ip bgp BGP table version is 847562, local router ID is 63.114.8.
PAGE 342
show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. The range is 1 — 4294967295. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 343
- network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * I 10.10.10.1/32 * I *>I * I * I * I * I 10.19.75.5/32 * I *>I * I * I * I * I 10.30.1.0/24 * I *>I * I * I * I Next Hop 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.
PAGE 344
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 345
*>i 4.24.187.12/30 *>i 4.24.202.0/30 *>i 4.25.88.0/30 i *>i 6.1.0.0/16 i *>i 6.2.0.0/22 i *>i 6.3.0.0/18 i *>i 6.4.0.0/16 i *>i 6.5.0.0/19 i *>i 6.8.0.0/20 i *>i 6.9.0.0/20 i *>i 6.10.0.0/15 i *>i 6.14.0.0/15 i *>i 6.133.0.0/21 i *>i 6.151.0.0/1 i --More-- 205.171.0.16 205.171.0.16 205.171.0.16 100 100 100 0 209 i 0 209 i 0 209 3561 3908 205.171.0.16 100 0 209 7170 1455 205.171.0.16 100 0 209 7170 1455 205.171.0.16 100 0 209 7170 1455 205.171.0.16 100 0 209 7170 1455 205.171.0.
PAGE 346
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The show ip bgp community-list command without any parameters lists BGP routes matching the Community List and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. The following describes the show ip bgp community-list pass command shown in the following example.
PAGE 347
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route.
PAGE 348
Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 349
NextCBPurg 1101119536 : NumPeerToPurge 0 : PeerIBGPCnt 0 : NonDet 0 : DfrdPathSel 0 BGPRst 0 : NumGrCfg 1 : DfrdTmestmp 0 : SnmpTrps 0 : IgnrBestPthASP 0 RstOn 1 : RstMod 1 : RstRole 2 : AFFalgs 7 : RstInt 120 : MaxeorExtInt 361 FixedPartCrt 1 : VarParCrt 1 Packet Capture max allowed length 40960000 : current length 0 Peer Grp List Nbr List Confed Peer List Address Family specific Information AFIndex 0 NdSpFlag 0x41a190b0 : AFRttP 0x41a0d200 : NdRTMMkrP 0x41a19d28 : NdRTMAFTblVer 0 : NdRibCtxAddr 1101110688
PAGE 350
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 351
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example. Field Description Path source codes Lists the path sources shown to the right of the last AS number in the Path column: • i = internal route entry • a = aggregate route entry • c = external confederation route entry • n = network route entry • r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
PAGE 352
show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
PAGE 353
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route.
PAGE 354
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp inconsistent-as command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
PAGE 355
show ip bgp neighbors Allows you to view the information BGP neighbors exchange. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] neighbors [ip-address [advertisedroutes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes | {received-routes [network [network-mask]]} | {denied-routes [network [network-mask]]}] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 356
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added the detail option. Output now displays the default MED value. Version 7.2.1.0 Added the received and denied route options. Version 6.3.
PAGE 357
The Lines Beginning with: Description Sent messages The line displays the number of BGP messages sent, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing. Received updates This line displays the number of BGP updates received and sent. Soft reconfiguration This line indicates that soft reconfiguration inbound is configured. Minimum time Displays the minimum time, in seconds, between advertisements.
PAGE 358
3 opens, 1 notifications, 1394 updates 6 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 48 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 2 notifications, 0 updates 43 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ROUTE_REFRESH(2)
PAGE 359
Network D 70.70.21.0/24 D 70.70.22.0/24 D 70.70.23.0/24 D 70.70.24.0/24 *> 70.70.25.0/24 *> 70.70.26.0/24 *> 70.70.27.0/24 *> 70.70.28.0/24 *> 70.70.29.0/24 FTOS# Example (deniedroutes) Metric LocPrf 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Weight Path 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? FTOS#show ip bgp neighbors 100.10.10.2 denied-routes 4 denied paths using 205 bytes of memory BGP table version is 34, local router ID is 100.10.10.
PAGE 360
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address. Via Displays the IP address and interface used to reach the next hop. RefCount Displays the number of BGP routes using this next hop. Cost Displays the cost associated with using this next hop. Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped.
PAGE 361
• Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 362
0x1efe7b9c FTOS# 1003 6 0 i show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths as-path • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 362 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 363
0x1ea3c294 0x1ea3c02c FTOS# 1019 1021 1 4 23 show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths community • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 364
0x1f173294 48 16 209:209 209:21226 286:40 286:777 286:3040 5606:40 12955:5606 0x1c9f8e24 50 6 209:209 209:4069 209:21362 3908:900 19092:300 0x1c9f88e4 53 4 209:209 209:3193 209:21362 3908:900 19092:300 0x1f58a944 57 6 209:209 209:2073 209:21362 3908:900 19092:300 0x1ce6be44 80 2 209:209 209:999 209:40832 0x1c6e2374 80 2 209:777 209:41528 0x1f58ad6c 82 46 209:209 209:41528 0x1c6e2064 83 2 209:777 209:40832 0x1f588ecc 85 570 209:209 209:40832 0x1f57cc0c 98 2 209:209 209:21226 286:3031 13646:1044 13646:1124 13
PAGE 365
Usage Information Example (S4810 ) Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp peer-group command shown in the following example. Line beginning with: Description Peer-group Displays the peer group’s name.
PAGE 366
Number of peers in this group 20 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 12.1.1.2* 12.1.1.3* 12.1.1.4* 12.1.1.5* 12.1.1.6* 12.2.1.2* 12.2.1.3* 12.2.1.4* 12.2.1.5* 12.2.1.6* 12.3.1.2* 12.3.1.3* 12.3.1.4* 12.3.1.5* 12.3.1.6* 12.4.1.2* 12.4.1.3* 12.4.1.4* 12.4.1.5* 12.4.1.6* Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group.
PAGE 367
• Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (S4810) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 368
6167 6167 6167 i *>I 4.19.16.0/23 6167 6167 6167 i *>I 4.21.80.0/22 4200 16559 i *>I 4.21.82.0/24 4200 16559 i *>I 4.21.252.0/23 6389 8063 19198 i *>I 4.23.180.0/24 6128 30576 i *>I 4.36.200.0/21 11854 14135 i *>I 4.67.64.0/22 19281 i *>I 4.78.32.0/21 29748 i *>I 6.1.0.0/16 i *>I 6.2.0.0/22 i *>I 6.3.0.0/18 i 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 701 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 174 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 174 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 701 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 3561 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 14742 1.1.1.
PAGE 369
Field Description network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries. paths Displays the number of paths and the amount of memory used. denied paths Displays the number of denied paths and the amount of memory used. BGP path attribute entries Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of memory used to process them.
PAGE 370
Field Description If the neighbor is not in Established stage, the current stage is displayed (Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm). When the peer is transitioning between states and clearing the routes received, the phrase (Purging) may appear in this column. If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column. Example (S4810) FTOS#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 120.10.10.
PAGE 371
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. S4810 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535.
PAGE 372
FTOS Version Platform Support 8.2.1.0, MBGP E-Series ExaScale debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 373
Defaults • external-distance = 20 • internal-distance = 200 • local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 374
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Example Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 375
ASN:NNNN Enter the 2-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN:NNNN (2-byte AS number:4-byte community value). IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add to the existing extended community. non-trans (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords non-trans to indicate a nontransitive BGP extended community.
PAGE 376
Parameters as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value). ASN:NNNN Enter the 2-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN:NNNN (2-byte AS number:4-byte community value). IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value).
PAGE 377
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 378
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS#show ip extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test deny RT:1234:12 permit regexp 123 deny regexp 234 deny regexp 123 FTOS# IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 border gateway protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on the S4810 platform.
PAGE 379
Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are reevaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
PAGE 380
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast routes. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 381
ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. S4810 Syntax Parameters ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 382
Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP stores all updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes the neighbor receives but does not reset the peersession.
PAGE 383
IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). FTOS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table.
PAGE 384
PAGE 385
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 10 Content addressable memory (CAM) commands are supported on the Dell Networking S4810 platform. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application.
PAGE 386
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 387
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.2 Clarified block information for the S4810. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dualqos. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect.
PAGE 388
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. S4810 Syntax Parameters cam-optimization [qos] qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 389
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command.
PAGE 390
L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : L2PT : IpMacAcl : VmanQos : VmanDualQos: Ipv4pbr : 5 5 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 FTOS# test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. S4810 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name linecard {number | all} policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 391
Example (CSeries) Term Explanation Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require. Status Indicates whether or not the policy will be allowed in the CAM.
PAGE 392
Example (SSeries) Term Explanation Stack-Unit Lists the stack unit or units that are checked. Entering all shows the status for all stacks. Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile.
PAGE 393
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 11 The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Networking S4810 platform. control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. S4810 Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 394
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, do not use the keywords cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands qos-policy-input — creates a QoS input policy map.
PAGE 395
policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. show cpu-queue rate cp Display the rates for each queue. S4810 Syntax show cpu-queue rate cp Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 396
show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol. S4810 Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 397
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 398
ISIS FTOS# 398 01:80:c2:00:00:14/15 09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 any any Q7 Q7 CP CP _
PAGE 399
Data Center Bridging (DCB) 12 Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb prioritybased flow control (PFC), 802.
PAGE 400
Related Commands • Apply the dcb-input policy command with the no pfc-mode command on to all the interfaces. • Disable flow-control on all of the interfaces. dcb-policy input — applies the input policy with the PFC configuration to an ingress interface. PFC Commands The following PFC commands are supported on the S4810 platform. clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit.
PAGE 401
dcb-input To apply pause or flow control for specified priorities using a configure delay time, create a DCB input policy. S4810 Syntax dcb-input policy-name To delete the DCB input policy, use the no dcb-input command. Parameters policy-name Maximum: 32 alphanumeric characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 402
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 403
To remove only the DCB input policies applied to the specified switch, use the no dcbpolicy input stack-unit command. Parameters stack-unit-id Enter the stack unit identification. dcb-input-policyname Enter the policy name for the DCB input policy. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 404
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 405
Related Commands • dcb-input — creates a DCB PFC input policy. • dcb-policy input — applies the output policy. • dcb-output — creates a DCBETS output policy. • dcb-policy output — applies the output policy. pfc link-delay Configure the link delay used to pause specified priority traffic. S4810 Syntax pfc link-delay value To remove the link delay, use the no pfc link-delay command. Parameters value The range is (in quanta) from 712 to 65535. One quantum is equal to a 512-bit transmission.
PAGE 406
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By applying a DCB input policy with PFC enabled, you enable PFC operation on ingress port traffic.
PAGE 407
dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc priority Configure the CoS traffic to be stopped for the specified delay. S4810 Syntax pfc priority priority-range To delete the pfc priority configuration, use the no pfc priority command. Parameters priority-range Enter the 802.1p values of the frames to be paused. Separate the priority values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc priority 1,3,5-7.
PAGE 408
Related Commands dcb-input — creates a DCB input policy. show dcb Displays the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues. S4810 Syntax show dcb [stack-unit unit-number] [port-set port-set port-set number] Parameters unit number Enter the DCB unit number. The range is from 0 to 5. port-set number Enter the port-set number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 409
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2.(0.0) Down status messages added. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 410
Example (Summary) 410 Field Description Application Priority TLV: FCOE TLV Tx Status Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the local DCBX port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: SCSI TLV Tx Status Status of ISCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the local DCBX port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: Local FCOE Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs.
PAGE 411
Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 FTOS# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/49 pfc detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/49 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote is enabled Remote Willing Status is enabled Local is enabled Oper status is recommended PFC DCBX Oper status is Up State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 pause quanta Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local
PAGE 412
6 7 0 0 0 0 show qos dcb-input Displays the PFC configuration in a DCB input policy. S4810 Syntax Parameters show qos dcb-input [dcb-input-policy-name] dcb-inputpolicyname Enter the PFC profile. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example (Summary) Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 413
Example (Summary) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 414
Usage Information By default, equal bandwidth is assigned to each port queue and each dot1p priority in a priority group. To configure bandwidth amounts in associated dot1p queues, use the bandwidthpercentage command. When specified bandwidth is assigned to some port queues and not to others, the remaining bandwidth (100% minus assigned bandwidth amount) is equally distributed to unassigned nonstrict priority queues in the priority group.
PAGE 415
dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. S4810 Syntax dcb enable To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 416
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. To associate a priority group with an ETS output policy with scheduling and bandwidth configuration, create a DCB output policy. You can apply a DCB output policy on multiple egress ports.
PAGE 417
dcb-policy output stack-unit stack-ports all Apply the specified DCB output policy on all ports of the switch stack or a single stacked switch. S4810 Syntax dcb-policy output stack-unit {all | stack-unit-id} stack-ports all dcb-output-policy-name To remove all DCB output policies applied to the stacked ports, use the no dcb-policy output stack-unit all command. To remove only the DCB output policies applied to the specified switch, use the no dcbpolicy output stack-unit command.
PAGE 418
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History text Enter the description of the output policy. The maximum is 32 characters. none • DCB INPUT POLICY • DCB OUTPUT POLICY This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 419
service-policy output command), the QoS configuration in the output policy takes precedence. ETS configurations are accepted from the local and remote system and take effect based on DCBX negotiations. Related Commands • dcb-output — creates a DCB output policy. • dcb-policy output — applies the output policy. priority-list Configure the 802.1p priorities for the traffic on which you want to apply an ETS output policy.
PAGE 420
priority-group To use with an ETS output policy, create an ETS priority group. S4810 Syntax priority-group group-name To remove the priority group, use the no priority-group command. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the ETS priority group. The maximum is 32 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 421
priority-group qos-policy Associate the 802.1p priority traffic in a priority group with the ETS configuration in a QoS output policy. S4810 Syntax priority-group group-name qos-policy ets-policy-name To remove the 802.1p priority group, use the no priority-group qos-policy command. Parameters group-name Enter the group name of the 802.1p priority group. The maximum is 32 characters. ets-policy-name Enter the ETS policy name.
PAGE 422
Parameters policy-name Enter the policy name. The maximum is 32 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 423
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. dot1p priority traffic on the switch is scheduled to the current queue mapping.
PAGE 424
• priority-list — configures the 802.1p priorities. show interface ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation. S4810 Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port ets {summary | detail} port-type slot/ port ets Enter the port-type slot and port ETS information. {summary | detail} Enter the keyword summary for a summary list of results or enter the keyword detail for a full list of results.
PAGE 425
Field Description assigned dot1p priorities, and bandwidth allocation. If ETS admin mode is enabled on the remote port for DCBX exchange, the Willing bit received in ETS TLVs from the remote peer is included. Example (Summary) Local Parameters ETS configuration on local port, including admin mode (enabled when a valid TLV is received from a peer), priority groups, assigned dot1p priorities, and bandwidth allocation.
PAGE 426
Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Err
PAGE 427
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0,1,2 3 4,5,6,7 100% 0 % 0 % - ETS SP SP - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts FTOS(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode
PAGE 428
3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0T LIVnput Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class Pkts Example (Detail) FTOS(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters
PAGE 429
3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class TLV Pkts show qos dcb-output Displays the ETS configuration in a DCB output policy. S4810 Syntax Parameters show qos dcb-output [ets-profile] [ets-profile] Enter the ETS profile.
PAGE 430
Example (Summary) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 431
Stack unit 1 stack port all Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 1 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters: -------------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the S4810 platform. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements.
PAGE 432
advertise dcbx-appln-tlv On a DCBX port with a manual role, configure the application priority TLVs advertised on the interface to DCBX peers. S4810 Syntax advertise dcbx-appln-tlv {fcoe | iscsi} To remove the application priority TLVs, use the no advertise dcbx-appln-tlv {fcoe | iscsi} command. Parameters {fcoe | iscsi} Enter the application priority TLVs, where: • • fcoe: enables the advertisement of FCoE in application priority TLVs.
PAGE 433
Defaults All PFC and ETS TLVs are advertised. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 434
Defaults Manual Command Modes INTERFACE PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 435
Usage Information DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command. debug dcbx Enable DCBX debugging. S4810 Syntax debug dcbx {all | auto-detect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} To disable DCBX debugging, use the no debug dcbx command.
PAGE 436
fcoe priority-bits Configure the FCoE priority advertised for the FCoE protocol in application priority TLVs. S4810 Syntax fcoe priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured FCoE priority, use the no fcoe priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF. Defaults 0x8 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 437
Usage Information This command is available at the global level only. show interface dcbx detail Displays the DCBX configuration on an interface. S4810 Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port dcbx detail port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 438
Example Field Description Peer Operating version DCBX version that the peer uses to exchange DCB parameters. Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted Transmission status (enabled or disabled) of advertised DCB TLVs (see TLV code at the top of the show command output). Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs.
PAGE 439
r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PFC Configuration TLV enabled p-PFC Configuration TLV disabled F-Application priority for FCOE enabled f-Application Priority for FCOE disabled I-Application priority for iSCSI enabled i-Application Priority for iSCSI disabled ----------------------------------------------------------Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/49 Remote Mac Address 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Role is Auto-Upstream DCBX Operational Status is Enabled Is Configuration Source? TRUE Local DCBX Compatibility mod
PAGE 440
PAGE 441
Debugging and Diagnostics 13 The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the S4810 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Buffer Tuning Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, FTOS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.txt) in the flash directory.
PAGE 442
automatic partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, stack ports are shut down automatically. level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics.
PAGE 443
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 444
Usage Information You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause stack-unit to reboot after completion of diags.
PAGE 445
Usage Information Version 9.2(0.2) Changed the default value from global 4q to Dynamic. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added the global keyword. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The buffer-profile global command fails if you have already applied a custom buffer-profile on an interface.
PAGE 446
cpu data-plane statistics Enter the keywords cpu data-plane statistics to clear the data plane statistics. cpu party-bus statistics Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics to clear the management statistics. stack-port number Enter the keywords stack-port then the port number of the stacking port to clear the statistics of the particular stacking port. The range is 0 to 63 for the S4810. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 447
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. hardware watchdog To trigger a reboot and restart the system, set the watchdog timer. S4810 Syntax hardware watchdog Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 448
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 449
show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 450
unit unit-number {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword unit then 0 to 3 and then enter one of the following keywords to troubleshoot errors on the selected port-pipe and to give status on why a port is not coming up to register level: counters, details, port-stats [detail], or register. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 451
Example (PartyBus) FTOS#show hardware stack-unit 0 cpu party-bus statistics Input Statistics: 8189 packets, 8076608 bytes 0 dropped, 0 errors Output Statistics: 366 packets, 133100 bytes 0 errors FTOS# Example (Drops) FTOS#sh hard stack-unit 0 drops UNIT No: 0 Total Ingress Drops: 0 Total IngMacDrops: 0 Total MmuDrops: 0 Total EgMacDrops: 0 Total Egress Drops: 0 FTOS# Example (Drops Unit) FTOS#sh hard stack-unit 0 drops unit 0 PortNumberIngress Drops IngMac Drops Total Mmu Drops 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0
PAGE 452
TX Err PKT Counter FTOS# Example (PortStats) Example (Register) 452 : 0 25 FTOS#show hardware stack-unit 0 unit 0 ena/ speed/ link auto STP loop port link duplex scan neg? state pause back ge0 down SW Yes Block ge1 !ena SW Yes Block ge2 !ena SW Yes Block ge3 !ena SW Yes Block ge4 !ena SW Yes Forward ge5 !ena SW Yes Forward ge6 !ena SW Yes Forward ge7 !ena SW Yes Forward ge8 !ena SW Yes Forward ge9 !ena SW Yes Forward ge10 !ena SW Yes Forward ge11 !ena SW Yes Forward ge12 !ena SW Yes Forward ge13 !ena SW
PAGE 453
0x0061304c ASFPORTSPEED.ge19 = 0x00000000 0x0061404c ASFPORTSPEED.ge20 = 0x00000000 0x0061504c ASFPORTSPEED.ge21 = 0x00000000 0x0061604c ASFPORTSPEED.ge22 = 0x00000000 0x0061704c ASFPORTSPEED.ge23 = 0x00000005 0x0061804c ASFPORTSPEED.hg0 = 0x00000007 0x0061904c ASFPORTSPEED.hg1 = 0x00000007 0x0061a04c ASFPORTSPEED.hg2 = 0x00000000 0x0061b04c ASFPORTSPEED.hg3 = 0x00000000 0x0061c04c ASFPORTSPEED.cpu0 = 0x00000000 0x00780000 AUX_ARB_CONTROL.ipipe0 = 0x0000001c 0x0e700102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.
PAGE 454
The CPU Port of the device is 28 The number of ports in device 1 is - 24 The number of Hg ports in devices 1 is - 4 The CPU Port of the device is 28 The staring unit no the SWF in the device is 0 ****************************************************** The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x000000000000400000000000 Front End Port Present Status 0x000000000000000000000000 Back Plane Link Status 0x00000000 ****************************************************** Link Status of all the ports in the Dev
PAGE 455
Example (Queue2/BufferInfo) FTOS(conf)#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer unit 0 port 1 queue 2 buffer-info Related Commands clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port 1 Queue 2 ----Maximum Shared Limit: 30720 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 show interfaces stack-unit — displays information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series stack member.
PAGE 456
Example FTOS#show hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit 0 port-set 0 counters ----------------------------------------------------------EntryId Description #HITS ----------------------------------------------------------2048 STP BPDU Redirects 0 2047 LLDP BPDU Redirects 0 2045 LACP traffic Redirects 0 2044 GVRP traffic Redirects 0 2043 ARP Reply Redirects 0 2042 802.
PAGE 457
KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00210000 00000000 00000000 , FPF4=0x00 MASK=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 ffffffff ffff0000 00000000 00000000 , 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=3, mode=0x01, entries=1} ################# FP Entry for redirecting ARP Replies to RSM ############# EID
PAGE 458
PAGE 459
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 14 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine. The Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) supports the basic DHCP commands on the S4810 platform.
PAGE 460
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display FTOS debugging messages for DHCP. S4810 Syntax Parameters debug ip dhcp server [events | packets] events Enter the keyword events to display the DHCP state changes. packet Enter the keyword packet to display packet transmission/reception.
PAGE 461
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server. S4810 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 462
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. S4810 Syntax Parameters domain-name name name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 463
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. S4810 Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 464
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. S4810 Syntax Parameters lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23. minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is from 0 to 59.
PAGE 465
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid.
PAGE 466
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool.
PAGE 467
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system.
PAGE 468
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp server Display the DHCP server statistics. S4810 Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 469
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection-trust — specifies a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table.
PAGE 470
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82.
PAGE 471
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 2 interfaces. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 472
Defaults Command Modes Command History slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface. lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 473
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. S4810 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 474
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. S4810 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 475
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload.
PAGE 476
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands 476 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 477
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) 15 Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Networking S4810 platform. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. S4810 Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundlemonitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command.
PAGE 478
Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the portchannel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode. hash-algorithm Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across a Port Channel.
PAGE 479
hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} stack-unit stack-unitnumber | port-set port-pipe • lsb: Returns the LSB of the key as the hash • xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 • xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 • xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 • xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-
PAGE 480
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Added the nh-ecmp option. Version 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option. Version 6.5.1.0 Added the line card option on TeraScale only. Version 6.3.1.0 Added support for ECMP and LAG on TeraScale only.
PAGE 481
TeraScale and ExaScale support the range from 0 to 47. The default for ExaScale is 24. Related Commands load-balance (E-Series) — Change the traffic balancing method. hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. S4810 Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command.
PAGE 482
Term heading Description heading but if the default algorithm does not provide satisfactory distribution of traffic, use this command to designate another algorithm. When a member leaves or is added to the ECMP group, the hash algorithm is recalculated to balance traffic across the members. Related Commands load-balance (C-Series and S-Series) hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm.
PAGE 483
NOTE: While the seed is stored separately on each port-pipe, the same seed is used across all CAMs. You cannot separate LAG and ECMP but you can use different algorithms across the chassis with the same seed. If LAG member ports span multiple port-pipes and line cards, set the seed to the same value on each port-pipe to achieve deterministic behavior. If the hash algorithm configuration is removed, the hash seed does not go to the original factory default setting.
PAGE 484
link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. S4810 Syntax link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold [percent] To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%.
PAGE 485
Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show config Display the ECMP configuration. S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 486
ECMP bundle - 5 Utilization[In Percent] - 0 Alarm State Inactive Interface Line Protocol Utilization[In Percent] Te 0/4 Up 5 Te 0/3 Up 30 486
PAGE 487
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands on the S4810 platform. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. S4810 Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 488
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. S4810 Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example FTOS #show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled FTOS# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 489
Password Authentication Hostbased Authentication RSA Authentication Vty Encryption 1 3des-cbc 2 3des-cbc : enabled. : disabled. : disabled. HMAC Remote IP hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 With FIPS Mode enabled: FTOS #show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 aes128-cbc hmac-sha1 10.11.8.13 1 aes128-cbc hmac-sha1 10.1.20.
PAGE 490
-m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.): Without the FIPS mode enabled: • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm. With the FIPS mode enabled: -p port-number • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 491
NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. Example If FIPS mode is not enabled: FTOS #ssh 10.11.8.12 ? -c Encryption cipher to use (for v2 client -l User name option -m HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) -p SSH server port option (default 22) -v SSH protocol version FTOS#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher FTOS #ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 492
PAGE 493
17 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) commands on the S4810 platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 494
clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared. port-type port/ slot Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 495
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Added the tx parameter. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug fip snooping rx Enable debugging for FIP snooping receive-specific packets.
PAGE 496
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packet-type and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch.
PAGE 497
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is four. The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 16.
PAGE 498
fip-snooping max-sessions-per-enodemac Configure the maximum session limit per ENode MAC address. S4810 Syntax fip-snooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac max-sessions-value To return the configured maximum sessions to the default value, use the no fip-snooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac command. Parameters max-sessionsvalue Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address. The range is from 1 to 64.
PAGE 499
fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted Configure the port for bridge-to-bridge links. MXL Switch, S4810 Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted To remove the bridge-to-bridge link configuration from the port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 500
VLAN ---100 Enabled ------TRUE FC-MAP -------0X0EFC00 show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 501
show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping fcf [fcf-mac-address] fcf-mac-address • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 502
show fip-snooping statistics Display statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all interfaces, including VLANs, physical ports, and port channels. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics displays. port-type port/ slot Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics displays.
PAGE 503
Example Field Description Number of ENode Keep Alives Number of FIP-snoop ENode keep-alive frames received on the interface. Number of VN Port Keep Alives Number of FIP-snoop VN port (Virtual N-port) keep-alive frames received on the interface Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop multicast discovery advertisements received on the interface. Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery advertisements received on the interface.
PAGE 504
Number of FDISC Accepts :16 Number of FDISC Rejects :0 Number of FLOGO Accepts :0 Number of FLOGO Rejects :0 Number of CVL :0 Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 FTOS(conf)# FTOS# show fip-snooping statistics int tengigabitethernet 0/11 Number of Vlan Requests :1 Number of Vlan Notifications :0 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :1 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :1 Number of FDISC :16 Numb
PAGE 505
show fip-snooping system Display information on the status of FIP snooping on the switch (enabled or disabled), including the number of FCoE VLANs, FCFs, ENodes, and currently active sessions. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping system • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 506
Example FTOS# show fip-snooping vlan * = Default VLAN VLAN FC-MAP FCFs Enodes Sessions ---- ------ ---- ------ -------*1 100 0X0EFC00 1 2 17 show fips status Display the FIPs status on the platform. S4810 Syntax show fips status Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. 506 Version 8.
PAGE 507
Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) 18 Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking S4810 platform. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status.
PAGE 508
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. FTOS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 509
count number Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 510
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. S4810 Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 511
secondary interface control-vlan vlan- id • Port Channel interface: enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 512
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. S4810 Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command. Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8.
PAGE 513
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. S4810 Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command.
PAGE 514
show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. S4810 Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 515
Example (1) FTOS#show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : GigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Master's MAC Address is 00:01:e8:13:a3:19 Topology Change Statistics: Tx:110 Rx:45 Hello Statistics: Tx:13028 Rx:12348 Number of state Changes: 34 Member Vlans: 1000-1009 FTOS# Example (2 Summary) FTOS#show frrp 2 summary Related Commands
PAGE 516
Defaults • 500 ms for hello-interval milliseconds • 1500 ms for dead-intervalmilliseconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information 516 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 517
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 19 The Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) supports the basic GVRP commands on the S4810 platform. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 518
GVRP for VLAN updates. But if the local bridge must know only how to reach a given VLAN, then GVRP provides all necessary information. • The VLAN topologies that GVRP learns are treated differently from VLANs that are statically configured. The GVRP dynamic updates are not saved in NVRAM, while static updates are saved in NVRAM. When GVRP is disabled, the system deletes all VLAN interfaces that were learned through GVRP and leaves unchanged all VLANs that were manually configured.
PAGE 519
debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. S4810 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events.
PAGE 520
disable Globally disable GVRP. S4810 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 521
leave-all Enter the keywords leave-all then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave-all time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 522
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 523
Usage Information Fixed registration prevents an interface, configured using the command line, to belong to a VLAN (static configuration) from being unconfigured when it receives a Leave message. Therefore, Registration mode on that interface is fixed. Normal registration is the default registration. The port’s membership in the VLAN depends on GVRP. The interface becomes a member of a VLAN after learning about the VLAN through GVRP.
PAGE 524
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 525
Example FTOS#show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 FTOS# Related Commands garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. S4810 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 526
Usage Information If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants running on to GVRP Participants running on no ports. Example R3#show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled.
PAGE 527
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Invalid messages/attributes skipped can occur in the following cases: • The incoming GVRP PDU has an incorrect length. • "End of PDU" was reached before the complete attribute could be parsed. • The Attribute Type of the attribute that was being parsed was not the GVRP VID Attribute Type (0x01). • The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length.
PAGE 528
PAGE 529
High Availability (HA) 20 High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. The feature is available on the S4810 platform. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol.
PAGE 530
Related Commands show patch — displays the system patches loaded with the in-service modular hot fix command. process restartable Enable a process to be restarted. Restartability is subject to a maximum restart limit. This limit is defined as a configured number of restarts within a configured amount of time. On the software exception that exceeds the limit, the system reloads (for systems with a single RPM) or fails over (for systems with dual RPMs).
PAGE 531
redundancy auto-failover-limit Specify an auto-failover limit for RPMs. When a non-recoverable fatal error is detected, an automatic RPM failover occurs. This command does not affect user-initiated (manual) failovers. S4810 Syntax redundancy auto-failover-limit [count number [period minutes] | period minutes]] To disable the auto-failover limit control, use the no redundancy auto-failoverlimit command.
PAGE 532
redundancy disable-auto-reboot Prevent the system from auto-rebooting the failed module. S4810 Syntax redundancy disable-auto-reboot [rpm| card number | all] To return to the default, use the no redundancy disable-auto-reboot rpm command. Parameters rpm Enter the keyword rpm to disable auto-reboot of the failed RPM. Default Disabled (that is, the failed module is automatically rebooted). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 533
Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 534
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redundancy protocol Enable hitless protocols. S4810 Syntax redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} To disable a hitless protocol, use the no redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} command. Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP).
PAGE 535
redundancy reset-counter Reset failover counter and timestamp information displayed in the show redundancy command. S4810 Syntax redundancy reset-counter Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 536
when you insert the secondary RPM. When you execute this command, the logical SFM on the standby RPM is immediately taken offline and the SFM state is set as “standby”. NOTE: This command could affect traffic when taking the secondary SFM offline. Example FTOS#show sfm all Switch Fabric State: up -- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status -------------------------------------0 active 1 active FTOS#configure FTOS(conf)#redundancy sfm standby Taking secondary SFM offline...
PAGE 537
persistent-data Enter the keywords persistent-data to synchronize the startup configuration between RPMs. system-data Enter the keywords system-data to synchronize persistent-data and the running configuration file, event log, SFM and line card states. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 538
show processes restartable Display the processes and tasks configured for restartability. S4810 Syntax Parameters show processes restartable [history] history Display the last time the restartable processes crashed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 539
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 540
Field Description Last Data Sync Record Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data sync: • Start-up Config is the contents of the startup-config file. • Line Card Config is the line card types configured and interfaces on those line cards. • Runtime Event Log is the contents of the Event log. • Running Config is the current running-config. This field only appears when you enter the command from the Primary RPM.
PAGE 541
21 ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions.\ Symbol Type Code . Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! 0 U 3 C Description 4 3 echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable .
PAGE 542
Symbol & Type Code Description 1 redirect for host . 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 542 Query parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request .
PAGE 543
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 22 The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the S4810 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands FTOS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • FTOS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocol-independent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes.
PAGE 544
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 545
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp access-group To specify access control for packets, use this feature.
PAGE 546
ip igmp group-join-limit To limit the number of IGMP groups that can be joined in a second, use this feature. S4810 Syntax Parameters ip igmp group-join-limit number number Enter the number of IGMP groups permitted to join in a second. The range is from 1 to 10000. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 547
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database. This command provides a way to achieve the immediate deletion.
PAGE 548
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. S4810 Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
PAGE 549
Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 550
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command. ip igmp ssm-map To translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships, use a statically configured list.
PAGE 551
ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. S4810 Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). exclude source address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword exclude then the source address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 552
Related Commands show ip igmp groups — displays IGMP group information. ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3. S4810 Syntax Parameters ip igmp version {2 | 3} 2 Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2. 3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. Defaults 2 (that is, IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 553
detail Command Modes Command History • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 554
225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2 Example (VLT) IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.
PAGE 555
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command.
PAGE 556
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships.
PAGE 557
If the IP SA in the incoming IGMP general query frame is lower than the IP address of the VLAN interface, the switch disables its IGMP snooping Querier functionality. If the IP SA of the incoming IGMP general query is higher than the VLAN IP address, the switch continues to work as an IGMP snooping Querier. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
PAGE 558
To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 559
Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports. On the C-Series and SSeries, in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding, disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing). ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to Group-Leave messages.
PAGE 560
Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 561
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is notrouted.
PAGE 562
Vlan 2 Gi 13/3, Po 1 FTOS# Related Commands 562 • ip igmp snooping mrouter — configures a static connection to the multicast router. • show ip igmp groups — view groups.
PAGE 563
23 Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the S4810 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Port Channel Commands • Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 564
interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255. learning-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords learning-limit to clear unknown source address (SA) drop counters when MAC learning limit is configured on the interface. Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface counters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 565
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface dampening counters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 566
suppressthreshold Enter a number as the suppress threshold, the penalty value above which the interface state is changed to “error disabled”. The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2500. max-suppresstime Enter the maximum number for which a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is from 1 to 86400. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 567
description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. S4810 Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 568
duplex (10/100 Interfaces) Configure duplex mode on any physical interfaces where the speed is set to 10/100. S4810 Syntax duplex {half | full} To return to the default setting, use the no duplex command. Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 569
flowcontrol Control how the system responds to and generates 802.3x pause frames on 1Gig and 10Gig line cards. S4810 Syntax Parameters flowcontrol rx {off | on} tx {off | on} rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port. tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
PAGE 570
by the switch. The discard threshold should be larger than the buffer threshold so that the buffer holds at least hold at least three packets. Changes in the flow-control values may not be reflected automatically in the show interface output. As a workaround, apply the new settings, execute shut then no shut on the interface, then check the running-config of the port using the show interface command. Important Points to Remember • Do not enable tx pause when buffer carving is enabled.
PAGE 571
Related Commands on on off on off on off off on on off on off on on off off off on on off on off on on on off off on on off on off on LocNegRx off off off off LocNegTx RemNegRx RemNegTx off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default
PAGE 572
range • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/ port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. (Optional) Enter the keyword range to configure an interface range.
PAGE 573
interface loopback Configure a Loopback interface. S4810 Syntax interface loopback number To remove a loopback interface, use the no interface loopback number command. Parameters number Enter a number as the interface number. The range is from 0 to 16383. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 574
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 575
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables.
PAGE 576
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 577
Example (Overlapping Ports) FTOS(conf)#interface range gi 2/1 - 11, gi 2/1 - 23 FTOS(conf-if-range-gi-2/1-23# Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface port-channel commands can be used in the interface range command. Use the show running-config command to display the VLAN and port-channel interfaces.
PAGE 578
interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. S4810 Syntax Parameters define interface range macro name interface , interface , ... name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, port-channel, or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. You can enter up to six commaseparated ranges.
PAGE 579
Example (Single Range) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show running-config command to display the macro definition.
PAGE 580
Example (Single Range) This example shows the macro named test that was defined earlier. FTOS(config)#interface range macro test FTOS(config-if-range-te-0/0-3,gi-5/0-47,gi-13/0-89)# FTOS Related Commands interface range — configures a range of command (bulk configuration). interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration). interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4096 VLANs.
PAGE 581
If OpenFlow VLANs are configured on the switch, spanning-tree protocols cannot be enabled simultaneously. Example (Single Range) FTOS(conf)#int vlan 3 FTOS(conf-if-vl-3)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel group. show vlan — displays the current VLAN configuration on the switch. shutdown — disables/enables the VLAN.
PAGE 582
Usage Information When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up. When you configure no keepalive, the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is down. monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears.
PAGE 583
pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Usage Information Example (Single Interface) Introduced on the E-Series. In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot).
PAGE 584
Output underruns: Output throttles: m l T q Example (All Interfaces) - 0 0 Change mode Page up Increase refresh interval Quit 0 pps 0 pps 0 0 c - Clear screen a - Page down t - Decrease refresh interval systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 585
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 586
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. S4810 Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command.
PAGE 587
NOTE: Remove all other configurations on the port before you can remove the hybrid configuration from the port. Example FTOS(conf)#interface gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-7/0)#portmode hybrid FTOS(conf-if-gi-7/0)#interface vlan 10 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#untagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#interface vlan 20 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#tagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)# Example FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#do show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 7/0 802.
PAGE 588
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 589
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 590
Command Modes Command History Usage Information 590 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 591
NOTE: In the CLI output, the power value is rounded to a 3-digit value. For receive/transmit power that is less than 0.000, an snmp query returns the corresponding dbm value even though the CLI displays as 0.000. NOTE: After the counters are cleared, the line-rate continues to increase until it reaches the maximum line rate. When the maximum line rate is reached, there is no change in the line-rate.
PAGE 592
Line Description • Number of packets with VLAN tagged headers • Packet size and the number of those packets inbound to the interface • Number of Multicast and Broadcast packets: • • Output Statistics: 592 Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets – Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets Number of runts, giants, and throttles packets: – runts = number of packets that are less than 64B – giants = packets that are greater than the MTU size – throttles = packets containing PAUSE fram
PAGE 593
Current address is 00:01:e8:8b:3d:e7 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength unknown Interface index is 100992002 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx on tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 3d17h53m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Mu
PAGE 594
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 s
PAGE 595
Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (OpenFlow instance) FTOS#show interfaces vlan 6 Vlan 6 is down, line protocol is down Address is 00:01:e8:8a:e1:8c, Current address is 00:01:e8:8a:e1:8c Interface index is 1107525638 of-instance: 2 Internet address is no
PAGE 596
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output. Example FTOS#show interfaces configured GigabitEthernet 13/18 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Current address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Interface index is 474791997 Internet address is 1.1.1.
PAGE 597
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the current summary of dampening data, including the number of interfaces configured and the number of interfaces suppressed, if any. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display detailed interface dampening data.
PAGE 598
Parameters Command Modes Command History gigabitethernet • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword gigabitethernet then the slot/port information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information 598 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 599
• Phy Specific Status 1 - Manual MDIX • 2 - N/A • 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Displays PHY-specific status information.
PAGE 600
show interfaces stack-unit Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series or Z-Series stack member. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show interfaces stack-unit unit-number unit-number • • Enter the stack member number. The range is from 0 to 11 for the S4810. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 601
GigabitEthernet 0/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:4c:f2:83 Current address is 00:01:e8:4c:f2:83 !-------------output truncated ----------------! Related Commands show hardware stack-unit — displays data plane and management plane input/output statistics. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 602
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 603
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 604
Name: GigabitEthernet 13/3 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 --More-Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number.
PAGE 605
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces transceiver command shown in the following example. Line Description Rx Power measurement type Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Average” or “OMA” (Receiver optical modulation amplitude). Temp High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting, typically in Centigrade. Value differs between SFPs and SFP+.
PAGE 606
Line Description Voltage Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temperature Current temperature of the sfps.
PAGE 607
Line Description Voltage High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Tx Bias High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present TX bias current value displayed above. Tx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx bias power value displayed above. Rx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above.
PAGE 608
Example FTOS#show interfaces gigabitethernet 1/0 transceiver SFP is present. SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 0x05 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 SFP 0 Serial Base ID fields Id = 0x03 Ext Id = 0x04 Connector = 0x07 Transciever Code = 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x20 0x40 0x0c Encoding = 0x01 BR Nominal = 0x15 Length(9um) Km = 0x00 Length(9um) 100m = 0x00 Length(50um) 10m = 0x1e Length(62.
PAGE 609
SFP 1 RS state = False SFP 1 Tx Disable state = False =================================== SFP 1 Temperature High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Bias High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Power High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Rx Power High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Temperature Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Bias Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Power Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Rx Power Low Alarm Flag = True ===================================
PAGE 610
Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG linkbundles).
PAGE 611
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down. Disabling a VLAN or a port channel causes different behavior.
PAGE 612
auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed. Auto-negotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto. Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 613
speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. S4810 Syntax speed {10 | 100 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100} command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 10/100 Mb/s. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed. Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 614
stack-unit portmode Split a single 40G port into 4-10G ports on the S4810 . S4810 Syntax Parameters stack-unit stack-unit port number portmode quad stack-unit Enter the stack member unit identifier of the stack member to reset. For the S4810, the range is from 0 to 11. number Enter the port number of the 40G port to be split. For the S4810 , enter one of the following port numbers: 48, 52, 56, or 60. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 615
backup interface {gigabit slot/port | tengigabit slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port | port-channel number} command. Parameters backup interface Use this option to configure a redundant Layer 2 link without using Spanning Tree. The keywords backup interface configures a backup port so that if the primary port fails, the backup port changes to the up state. If the primary later comes up, it becomes the backup. gigabit Enter the keyword gigabit if the backup port is a 1G port.
PAGE 616
To use the switchport backup interface command on a port, first enter the switchport command. For more information, refer to the “Configuring Redundant Links” section in the “Layer 2” chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. Related Commands interface port-channel — creates a port channel interface. show interfaces switchport — displays information about switchport interfaces. Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands.
PAGE 617
Version 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. S4810 Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 618
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. S4810 Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 619
ssh syslog tacacs telnet tftp : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. S4810 Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 620
NOTE: The FTOS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about FTOS link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter. For more information about configuring and using Port Channels, refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide. channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode.
PAGE 621
Usage Information Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is added to a Port Channel. The mtu and ip mtu commands are only available when the chassis is in Jumbo mode.
PAGE 622
port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs. Defaults none Command Modes PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP (conf-po-failover-grp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 623
Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Port Channel interfaces are logical interfaces and can be either in Layer 2 mode (by using the switchport command) or Layer 3 mode (by configuring an IP address). You can add a Port Channel in Layer 2 mode to a VLAN.
PAGE 624
Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 625
Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup. For example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG. You can use both static and dynamic (LACP) LAGs to configure failover groups. For more information, refer to the “Port Channel” chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide. Related Command group — groups two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group”).
PAGE 626
brief Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 627
Example Field Description packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers. The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte... Displays the size of packets and the number of those packets entering that interface. This information is displayed over two lines. Received 0...
PAGE 628
Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: Status Example • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • down — if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds. Ports Lists the interfaces assigned to this port channel. (untitled) Displays the status of the physical interfaces (up or down).
PAGE 629
incominginterface interface source-ip address destination-ip Enter the keywords incoming-interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format.
PAGE 630
NOTE: In the show port channel flow command output, the egress port for an unknown unicast, multicast, or broadcast traffic is not displayed.
PAGE 631
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 632
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced. If the TDR test has not been run, an error message is generated: %Error: Please run the TDR test first The following describes the TDR test status. Status Definition OK Status: Terminated TDR test is complete, no fault is detected on the cable, and the test is terminated. Length: 92 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Shorted A short is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 92 meters.
PAGE 633
debug ip udp-helper Enable UDP debug and display the debug information on a console. S4810 Syntax debug ip udp-helper To disable debug information, use the no debug ip udp-helper command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Debug disabled. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 634
Parameters address Enter an IP broadcast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.
PAGE 635
Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. If you configure the ip helper-address command and ip udp-helper udp-port command, the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67/68 is unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper-address configuration. This occurs regardless if the ip udp-helper udp-port command contains port numbers 67/68 or not.
PAGE 636
ip udp-helper udp-port — enables the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports.
PAGE 637
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 24 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 638
ah-authentication espauthentication esp-encryption Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. • md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. • sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. • null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
PAGE 639
crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec. S4810 Syntax crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsec-manual To delete a crypto policy entry, use the no crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsec-manual command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 640
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. match Apply an match filter to the crypto policy.
PAGE 641
match match match match match 3 4 5 6 7 tcp tcp tcp tcp tcp a::1 /128 21 a::2 /128 0 1.1.1.1 /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 23 1.1.1.1 /32 23 1.1.1.2 /32 0 1.1.1.1 /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 21 1.1.1.1 /32 21 1.1.1.2 /32 0 session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry.
PAGE 642
• The key information entry is associated with the global method for enabling clear text or encrypted display in the running config. show crypto ipsec transform-set Display the transform set configuration. S4810 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec transform-set name name Enter the name of the transform set. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 643
Example FTOS#show crypto ipsec policy Policy name : West Policy refcount : 1 Sequence Num : 10 SA Mode : IPSEC-MANUAL Transform-Set Name : dallas Peer IP Address : Inbound AH SPI : 0 Inbound ESP Auth SPI : 0 Inbound ESP Encry SPI : 256 Inbound AH Key : [0]:: Inbound ESP Auth Key : [0]:: Inbound ESP Encry Key : [96]::a5b6b42009d47895b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b67 89509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4 Outbound AH SPI : 0 Outbound ESP Auth SPI : 0 Outbound ESP Encry SPI: 257 Outound AH Key : [0]:
PAGE 644
Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 3 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 21 a::2 /128 0 FTOS# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses. S4810 Syntax transform-set transform-set-name To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-set-name command.
PAGE 645
25 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) on the platform. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). S4810 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format.
PAGE 646
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. Related Commands clear arp-cache — clears dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table.
PAGE 647
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. S4810 Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 648
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. S4810 Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes seconds Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790.
PAGE 649
clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). S4810 Syntax Parameters clear arp-cache [interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 650
Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 651
Parameters unit-number Enter the number of the stack unit. The range is from 0 to 7. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 652
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip route — assigns an IP route to the switch. show ip route — views the routing table. show ip route summary — views a summary of the routing table. clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors.
PAGE 653
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. S4810 Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 654
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. S4810 Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 655
00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B: 8C, giaddr = 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.254 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.
PAGE 656
count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.
PAGE 657
Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 658
Example 658 Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network. len Displays the packet’s length. sending, rcvd, fragment, sending broad/multicast proto, unroutable The last part of each line lists the status of the packet.
PAGE 659
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. The access-group option supports only the equal to (eq) operator in TCP ACL rules. Port operators not equal to (neq), greater than (gt), less than (lt), or range are not supported in access-group option (refer to the following example). ARP packets (arp) and Ether-type (ether-type) are also not supported in the access-group option. The entire rule is skipped to compose the filter.
PAGE 660
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 661
ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. S4810 Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 662
ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. S4810 Syntax p domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 663
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 664
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 665
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the incrementing of the hops field when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through FTOS. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops.
PAGE 666
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. S4810 Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-frag-count command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed.
PAGE 667
ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet the RPM transmits for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, FTOS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. S4810 Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, use the no ip mtu command. Parameters value Enter the maximum MTU size if the IP packet is fragmented. The range is from 576 to 9234. The default is 1500 bytes.
PAGE 668
MTU of 1518 and IP MTU of 1500. The VLAN’s Link MTU cannot be higher than 1518 bytes and its IP MTU cannot be higher than 1500 bytes. The following describes the difference between Link MTU and IP MTU. Related Commands Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface.
PAGE 669
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out on all other interfaces, including the Management port. You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. Related Commands ipv6 name-server — configures an IPv6 name server. ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface.
PAGE 670
ip route Assign a static route to the switch. S4810 Syntax ip route {destination mask {ip-address | interface [slot/port] | [tunnel tunnel-id] [distance] | [permanent] | tag tag-value}} To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command. To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command. Parameters destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device.
PAGE 671
Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.
PAGE 672
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. S4810 Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 673
load-balance By default, for C-Series and S-Series, FTOS uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load-balance command.
PAGE 674
Defaults IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, Destination Port) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.
PAGE 675
Parameters {ip-selection| ipv6-selection [source-ip | source-ipv6 | source-port-id | source-module-id | dest-ip | destipv6 | dest-port-id | dest-module-id | protocol | vlan | L4-source-port | L4-dest-port ] mac [source-mac | source-port-id | source-module-id | dest-mac | destport-id | destmodule-id | vlan | ethertype | source-destmac ] tunnel [ipv4-overipv4 | ipv4-overgre-ipv4 | mac-inmac]} Defaults To use IPv4 key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ipselection then one of the parameters.
PAGE 676
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 677
Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route.
PAGE 678
ip ip-address mask inspection macaddress mac-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then an IP address in the dotted decimal format. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x). Enter the keyword inspection with one of the following keywords to view ARP entries: • database — view a list of ARP entries learned using DAI • statistics — view DAI statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword macaddress then a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 679
Usage Information The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)), a feature added for the C-Series and S-Series in FTOS version 7.8.1.0. The following describes the show arp command shown in the following example. Example Example (Private VLAN) Row Heading Description Protocol Displays the protocol type. Address Displays the IP address of the ARP entry. Age(min) Displays the age (in minutes) of the ARP entry.
PAGE 680
Usage Information The following describes the show arp summary command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on.
PAGE 681
show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show hosts • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 682
Field Example Related Commands Description • ok — the entry is valid. • ex — the entry expired. • ?? — the entry is suspect. TTL Displays the amount of time until the entry ages out of the cache. For dynamically learned entries only. Type Displays IP as the type of entry. Address Displays the IP addresses assigned to the host.
PAGE 683
vrf instance Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name to show CAM information as it applies to that VRF instance. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 684
Field Description • RP2 = route processor 2 • Gi = Gigabit Ethernet interface • So = SONET interface • Te = 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface Example FTOS#show ip cam linecard 13 port-set 0 Index Destination EC CG V C Next-Hop VId Mac-Addr Port ------ ----------------------------------- ---- ------------3276 6.6.6.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3277 5.5.5.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3278 4.4.4.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3279 3.3.3.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.
PAGE 685
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FTOS# 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1312 3932 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 8 show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for an S-Series or Z-Series switch. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip cam stack-unit {id} [port-set {pipe-number} | hostname {ip-address mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]]}| ecmpgroup {detail | member-info [detail [group-index indexnumber]]}| summary] id Enter the stack-unit ID.
PAGE 686
summary Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • Enter the keyword member-info detail to view detailed ECMP membership and n-hop information. • Enter the keyword group-index then the index number to show ECMP membership per group. The range is from 0 to 1022. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing route prefixes and the total number routes which can be entered in to CAM. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 687
Example FTOS#show ip cam stack-unit 0 port-set 0 10.10.10.10/32 longerprefixes Destination EC CG V C VId Mac-Addr Port ----------------- -- -- - ------ -------------------10.10.10.10 0 0 1 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 3f01 CP FTOS# Usage Information The following describes the show ip cam ecmp-group command shown in the following example. Field Description Prefix Length Displays the prefix-length or mask for the IP address configured on the linecard 0 port pipe 0.
PAGE 688
show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip fib linecard slot-number [vrf vrf instance | ipaddress/prefix-list | summary] vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name to show the FIB cache entries tied to that VRF instance. slot-number Enter the number of the line card slot.
PAGE 689
Example Field Description First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. Index Displays the internal interface number. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths. FTOS>show ip fib linecard 12 Destination Gateway First-Hop Mac-Addr Port VId Index EC ------------------------------------------------------------------------------3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.
PAGE 690
longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view the total number of prefixes in the FIB. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 691
Related Commands clear ip fib stack-unit — clear FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface source-ip address destination-ip address Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords.
PAGE 692
Usage Information Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets, use the show portchannel-flow command.
PAGE 693
Command Modes Command History • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a stack-unit interface, enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 694
Example Lines Description Inbound access... Displays the name of the configured incoming access list. If none is configured, the phrase “not set” is displayed. Proxy ARP... States whether proxy ARP is enabled on the interface. Split horizon... States whether split horizon for RIP is enabled on the interface. Poison Reverse... States whether poison for RIP is enabled on the interface. ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables...
PAGE 695
up GigabitEthernet 1/5 up GigabitEthernet 1/6 down down up 10.10.10.1 up unassigned YES Manual NO Manual administratively show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch.
PAGE 696
172.16.1.0/24 FTOS# 10.1.2.4 Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 697
show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip protocols • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 698
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip route hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify a name of a device or the IP address of the device to view more detailed information about the route. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify the network mask of the route.
PAGE 699
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 700
Example Field Description Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 701
show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip route list prefix-list prefix-list Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of a configured prefix list. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 702
Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters CONFIGURATION-IP PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary — displays a summary of the configured prefix lists. show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip route summary • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 703
Example Column Heading Description Total 1388 active... Displays the number of active and non-active routes and the memory usage of those routes. If there are no routes configured in the FTOS, this line does not appear.
PAGE 704
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 F10 Monitoring MIB available for the ip traffic statistics command. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 705
The F10 Monitoring MIB provides access to the following statistics. Example • IP Statistics: Bcast: Received: Object = f10BcastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.1 • IP Statistics: Bcast: Sent: Object = f10BcastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.2 • IP Statistics: Mcast: Received: Object = f10McastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.3 • IP Statistics: Mcast: Sent: Object = f10McastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.
PAGE 706
show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. S4810 Syntax Parameters show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp1 | rp2} all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. rp1 Enter the keyword rp1 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 Enter the keyword rp2 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 2.
PAGE 707
Example Field Description 17 dup... Displays the number of duplicate packets and bytes received. 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed.
PAGE 708
0 partially dup packets (0 bytes) 7 out-of-order packets (0 bytes) 0 packets ( 0 bytes) with data after window 0 packets after close 0 window probe packets, 41 window update packets 41 dup ack packets, 0 ack packets with unsend data 10184 ack packets (12439508 bytes) Sent: 12007 Total, 0 urgent packets 25 control packets (including 24 retransmitted) 11603 data packets (12439677 bytes) 24 data packets (7638 bytes) retransmitted 355 ack only packets (41 delayed) 0 window probe packets, 0 window update packets
PAGE 709
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 26 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking S4810 platform. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 710
Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. FTOS#show cam-acl-egress -- Chassis Egress Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 1 Ipv4Acl : 1 Ipv6Acl : 2 -- Stack unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 1 Ipv4Acl : 1 Ipv6Acl : 2 FTOS#show cam-acl Related Commands cam-acl — configures CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. show cam-acl Show space allocated for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 711
L2Acl Ipv4Acl Ipv6Acl Ipv4Qos L2Qos Current Settings(in block sizes) 5 6 0 1 1 : : : : : -- Line card 4 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 5 Ipv4Acl : 6 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 1 L2Qos : 1 FTOS#show cam-acl Example (Manual Profiles) FTOS#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -Current L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : Settings(in block sizes) 2 2 4 2 3 FTOS#show cam-acl Related Commands
PAGE 712
Parameters source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). host ipv6-address Enter the keyword host then the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 713
permit To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP. S4810 Syntax permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command ip-protocolnumber Enter an IPv6 protocol number. The range is from 0 to 255.
PAGE 714
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols.
PAGE 715
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. S4810 Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1-4 ipv6acl 0-4} default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • • • l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13.
PAGE 716
FTOS(conf)#cam-acl-egress ipv6acl Set IPV6-ACL FTOS(conf)#cam-acl-egress <0-4> Number of FP FTOS(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl entries l2acl 1 ipv4acl blocks for IPV6 l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ? 1 ipv6acl ? (multiples of 2) 1 ipv6acl 2 cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 717
When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
PAGE 718
PAGE 719
27 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking S4810 platform. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a linecard or stack unit.
PAGE 720
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 721
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. S4810 Syntax ipv6 address autoconfig To disable the address autoconfig operation on the management interface, use the no ipv6 address autoconfig command. Default Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 722
ipv6 address Configure an IPv6 address to an interface. S4810 Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} To remove the IPv6 address, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefixlength} command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 723
Example FTOS(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 10/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#ipv6 address ? X:X:X:X::X IPv6 address FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 ? <0-128> Prefix length in bits FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 ? FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 10/0 no ip address ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 no shutdown FTOS(conf-if-gi-10/0)# ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on t
PAGE 724
FTOS(conf)#int ten 0/6 FTOS(conf-if-te-0/6)#ipv6 address 801:10::/64 eui64 ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets per second that can be sent per second. S4810 Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp error-ratelimit command. Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200, where 0 disables the rate-limiting.
PAGE 725
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. If the flowlabel value is already set for BGP or SSH, the system defaults to the already configured value. All packets on the same connection are considered part of the same flow by the system. For new connections, set the new flowlabel to zero.
PAGE 726
ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. S4810 Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ipv6 name—server ipv6–address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2...
PAGE 727
Parameters number of attempts Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate address. The range is from 0 to 15. Setting the value to 0 disables DAD on the interface. Default 3 attempts Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 728
preferred-lifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is preferred, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 604800. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime and does not expire. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 729
• For a port channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then the port channel number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 730
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When the interface goes down, FTOS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by FTOS, when the interface comes back up. When a recursive resolution is “broken,” FTOS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by FTOS, when the recursive resolution is satisfied.
PAGE 731
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 732
index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 733
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero — Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface.
PAGE 734
Usage Information Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms. Entries for camIndex displays as zero (0) on the show ipv6 fib stack-unit output for neighbor entries, such as address resolution protocol (ARP) entries. show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting. S4810 Syntax show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Default Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 735
Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For stacking, enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack-unit ID. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel.
PAGE 736
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Added support for the managementethernet slot/port parameter. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
PAGE 737
Example (Brief) Example (tunnel) FTOS#show ipv6 interface brief TenGigabitEthernet 0/44 fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:3883 4001:2::3/64 ManagementEthernet 0/0 fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:3883 33::1/64 Tunnel 45 fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:3883 333::1/64 Port-channel 23 fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:3883 110::1/64 Vlan 12 fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:3883 400::1/64 FTOS# [up/up] [up/up] [up/up] [up/up] [up/up] FTOS#show ipv6 interface tunnel 1 Tunnel 1 is up, line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe04:62c4 Global Un
PAGE 738
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the following example. Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared. Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent.
PAGE 739
Defaults Command Modes Command History all (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 routes. bgp (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 BGP routes. connected (OPTIONAL) View only the directly connected IPv6 routes. isis (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 IS-IS routes. list (OPTIONAL) View the IPv6 prefix list. ospf (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 OSPF routes. rip (OPTIONAL for E-Series only) View information for all IPv6 RIP routes.
PAGE 740
Field Example (ESeries) Description • IA = OSPF inter-area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IPv6 address.
PAGE 741
Destination Dist/Metric, Gateway, Last Change ---------------------------------------------C 2001::/64 [0/0] Direct, Gi 1/1, 00:28:49 C 2002::/120 [0/0] Direct, Gi 1/1, 00:28:49 C 2003::/120 [0/0] Direct, Gi 1/1, 00:28:49 C 2004::/32 [0/0] Direct, Gi 1/1, 00:28:49 L fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 00:29:09 Example (Summary) FTOS#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 5 0 static 0 0 Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes trust ipv6-diffserv Allows the dynami
PAGE 742
IPv6 Service Class Field Queue ID 111XXXXX 7 110XXXXX 6 101XXXXX 5 100XXXXX 4 011XXXXX 3 010XXXXX 2 001XXXXX 1 000XXXXX 0
PAGE 743
IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) 28 IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on Dell Networking platforms. This chapter includes the following sections: • IPv6 BGP Commands • IPv6 MBGP Commands IPv6 BGP Commands BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless interdomain routing and the aggregation of routes and AS paths.
PAGE 744
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. After this command is executed, all subsequent commands apply to this address family. You can exit from this AFI/SAFI to the IPv6 Unicast (the default) family by entering the exit command and returning to the Router BGP context. aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table.
PAGE 745
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active.
PAGE 746
Usage Information Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. S4810 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best).
PAGE 747
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 748
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. S4810 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 749
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 750
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute.
PAGE 751
Related Commands bgp confederation identifier – configures a confederation ID. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. S4810 Syntax Parameters bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half, after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 45.
PAGE 752
Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are position-dependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers.
PAGE 753
bgp enforce-first-as Disable (or enable) enforce-first-as check for updates received from EBGP peers. S4810 Syntax bgp enforce-first-as To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.
PAGE 754
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 755
bgp graceful-restart Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. S4810 Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, enter the no bgp graceful-restart command.
PAGE 756
bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. S4810 Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 757
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method can lead to the system choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths.
PAGE 758
Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. S4810 Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 759
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. S4810 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 760
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast address families. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router replays and updates are reevaluated.
PAGE 761
Related Commands Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size – enables route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer.
PAGE 762
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] to set options within the specified IPv4 address family.
PAGE 763
clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp as-number [flap-statistics | ipv4 {multicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | ipv6 unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}| soft [in | out] as-number Enter an autonomous system (AS) number to reset neighbors belonging to that AS.
PAGE 764
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ip bgp ipv6-address Reset BGP sessions specific to an IPv6 address. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
PAGE 765
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions.
PAGE 766
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.
PAGE 767
• ? (question mark) matches sequences in a pattern (0 or 1 sequences) • [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. (If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.) • $ (dollar sign) matches the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 768
ipv6 unicast Clear and reapply policies for all IPv6 unicast routes. in Reapply only inbound policies. NOTE: If you enter soft, without an in or out option, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. out Reapply only outbound policies. NOTE: If you enter soft, without an in or out option, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 769
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 770
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 771
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths – views BGP dampened routes. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 772
Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths — views BGP dampened routes. debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command.
PAGE 773
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 774
debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name | ipv6 unicast [ipv6-address]] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefixlist-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name | ipv6 unicast [ipv6-address]] updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 775
default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. S4810 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 776
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 777
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
PAGE 778
Usage Information If you enable this command, use the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size command to recompute the best path. neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 779
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} advertisementinterval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 780
neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 781
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 782
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 783
Related Commands Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. neighbor filter-list – assigns a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map – assigns a route map to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor ebgp-multihop Attempt and accept BGP connections to external peers on networks that are not directly connected.
PAGE 784
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fallover command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 785
To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes.
PAGE 786
maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached.
PAGE 787
clear-pass Enter the clear text password. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 788
Version 7.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to a existing peer group. S4810 Syntax neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-group-name To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor ipv6-address peergroup peer-group-name command.
PAGE 789
• neighbor route-map • neighbor route-reflector-client • neighbor send-community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown).
PAGE 790
Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as – assigns a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown – disables a peer or peer group. neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group; that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but does respond to one.
PAGE 791
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group.
PAGE 792
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 793
To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes.
PAGE 794
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. All routers in the peer group receive routes from a route reflector. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 795
Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 796
Usage Information Related Commands Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command to confirm its status. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary – displays the current BGP configuration.
PAGE 797
Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors — displays IPv6 routing information BGP neighbors exchange. neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. S4810 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.
PAGE 798
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. the range is from 1 to 65535. the default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 799
neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} update-source loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 800
To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. weight Enter a number as the weight. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0.
PAGE 801
mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
PAGE 802
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 803
If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 804
• route-map mapname internal (default) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 805
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 806
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. S4810 Syntax Parameters Defaults show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address ipv6-address • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor.
PAGE 807
show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration.
PAGE 808
longer-prefixes Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 809
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. S4810 Syntax Paramters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community [community-number] [localas] [no-export] [no-advertise] communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 810
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. S4810 Syntax Paramters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] community-listname Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 811
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. S4810 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 812
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 813
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefixlength] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 814
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 815
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. received-routes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors.
PAGE 816
Lines Beginning With Description and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, then the link is internal; otherwise, the link is external. 816 BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID. BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state.
PAGE 817
Example Lines Beginning With Description Foreign host: Displays the peering address of the neighbor and the TCP port number. FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.
PAGE 818
Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv6 Unicast BGP table version 12, neighbor version 12 2 accepted prefixes consume 32 bytes Prefix advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:41, due to Closed by neighbor Notification History 'OPEN error/Bad AS'
PAGE 819
Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 820
Example FTOS# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
PAGE 821
9000::5:2 9000::6:2 9000::7:2 9000::8:2 9000::9:2 9000::a:2 FTOS# 9000::5:2, 9000::6:2, 9000::7:2, 9000::8:2, 9000::9:2, 9000::a:2, Gi Gi Gi Gi Gi Gi 8/38 8/38 8/38 8/38 8/38 8/38 2 2 2 2 6000 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00:23:22 00:23:22 00:23:22 00:23:22 00:23:16 00:23:22 show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database.
PAGE 822
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths as-path • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 823
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique extended community information in the BGP database. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths extcommunity • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 824
NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 825
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 826
Usage Information After this command is executed, all subsequent commands apply to this address family. You can exit from this AFI/SAFI to the IPv6 Unicast (the default) family by entering the exit command and returning to the Router BGP context. aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table.
PAGE 827
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. Do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, the aggregate flaps to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH.
PAGE 828
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast * ipv6-address prefix-length [dampening | flap-statistics] peer-group] * Enter the character * to clear all peers. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 829
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, next enter the network mask, from 0 to 128. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 830
• ? (question mark) matches sequences in a pattern (0 or 1 sequences). • [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. (If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.) • $ (dollar sign) matches the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 831
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates View information about BGP peer-group updates. S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] command. Parameters peer-group peer- group-name Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer-group. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information.
PAGE 832
updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 833
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
PAGE 834
Usage Information By default, when a neighbor/peer group configuration is created in the Router BGP context, it is enabled for the IPv6/Unicast AFI/SAFI. By using activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group is enabled for AFI/SAFI. Related Command address family – changes the context to SAFI. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group.
PAGE 835
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} default-originate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 836
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 837
in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810.
PAGE 838
Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 839
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. S4810 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 840
map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 841
Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 842
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 843
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 844
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
PAGE 845
Command Modes Command History local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers.
PAGE 846
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
PAGE 847
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 848
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefixlength] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 849
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics BGP table version is 8, local router ID is 5.5.10.
PAGE 850
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes]] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 851
Lines Beginning With Description and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, then the link is internal; otherwise, the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID. BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state.
PAGE 852
Example Lines Beginning With Description Foreign host: Displays the peering address of the neighbor and the TCP port number. FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.
PAGE 853
Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv6 Unicast BGP table version 12, neighbor version 12 2 accepted prefixes consume 32 bytes Prefix advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:41, due to Closed by neighbor Notification History 'OPEN error/Bad AS'
PAGE 854
Version 7.4.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) – creates a peer group. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 855
Field Description Dampening enabled Displayed only when dampening is enabled. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor. MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor.
PAGE 856
PAGE 857
29 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an S4810 system. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) commands. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. S4810 Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi command.
PAGE 858
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. S4810 Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 859
is the same priority is used in iSCSI TLV advertisements if you did not enter the iscsi priority-bits command. dscp dscp-value Enter the DSCP value assigned to the incoming packets in an iSCSI session. The valid range is from 0 to 63. The default is: the DSCP value in ingress packets is not changed. remark Marks the incoming iSCSI packets with the configured dot1p or DSCP value when they egress to the switch. The default is: the dot1and DSCP values in egress packets are not changed. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 860
Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. iscsi priority-bits Configure the priority bitmap that advertises in the iSCSI application TLVs. S4810 Syntax iscsi priority-bits To remove the configured priority bitmap, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Defaults 4 (0x10 in the bitmap) Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP (only on the global, not on the interface) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 861
iscsi target port Configure the iSCSI target ports and optionally, the IP addresses on which iSCSI communication is monitored. S4810 Syntax iscsi target port [tcp-port-2...tcp-port-16]ip-address [ipaddress] To remove the configured iSCSI target ports or IP addresses, use the no iscsi target port command. Parameters tcpport-2...tcpport16 Enter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports. The tcp-portn is the TCP port number or a list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to requests.
PAGE 862
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 863
Version 8.3.16.0 Example Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. FTOS# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0f60c2002-0360018428d48c94-iom011 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.
PAGE 864
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. FTOS# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.
PAGE 865
Related Commands • show iscsi — displays the currently configured iSCSI settings. • show iscsi session — displays detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. • show iscsi session detailed — displays detailed information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch.
PAGE 866
PAGE 867
30 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the S4810 platform. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 868
Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa). S4810 Syntax advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2-into-level1} prefixlist-name To return to the default, use the no advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2into-level1}[prefix-list-name] command.
PAGE 869
area-password Configure a hash message authentication code (HMAC) password for an area. S4810 Syntax area-password [hmac-md5 | encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no area-password command. Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES.
PAGE 870
clear config Clear IS-IS configurations that display under the router isis heading of the show running-config command output. S4810 Syntax clear config Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 871
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. S4810 Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping.
PAGE 872
debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. S4810 Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 873
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 874
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. S4810 Syntax debug isis snp-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis snp-packets [interface] command.
PAGE 875
debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. S4810 Syntax debug isis spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis spf-triggers command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 876
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 877
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metric-style command configuration.
PAGE 878
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. S4810 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
PAGE 879
To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 880
distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates. S4810 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [connected | bgp as number | ospf process-id | rip | static] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 881
distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network. S4810 Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in To return to the default, use the no distribute-list redistributed-override in command. Defaults Command Modes Command History none • • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 882
Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 883
Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restart-enabled and others are not.
PAGE 884
graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 885
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. S4810 Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command.
PAGE 886
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. S4810 Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses.
PAGE 887
hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. S4810 Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | point-topoint] command. Parameters multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs.
PAGE 888
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To build name-to-systemID mapping tables through the protocol, use this command.
PAGE 889
ip router isis Configure IS-IS routing processes on an interface and attach an area tag name to the routing process. S4810 Syntax ip router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS on an interface, use the no ip router isis [tag] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) The tag you specify identifies a specific area routing process. If you do not specify a tag, a null tag is assigned. Defaults No processes are configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 890
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 891
Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 892
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. The default values of this command are typically satisfactory transmission times for a specific interface on a designated intermediate system. To maintain database synchronization, the designated routers send CSNPs. You can configure Level 1 and Level 2 CSNP intervals independently. isis hello-interval Specify the length of time between hello packets sent.
PAGE 893
Related Commands isis hello-multiplier — specifies the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency as down. isis hello-multiplier Specify the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency down. S4810 Syntax isis hello-multiplier multiplier [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-multiplier [multiplier] [level-1 | level-2] command.
PAGE 894
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. S4810 Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 895
Defaults default-metric = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 896
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface.
PAGE 897
password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2. The router acts as an area router for Level 2 routing. Defaults No default password. level-1 (if not otherwise specified).
PAGE 898
Defaults value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 899
Version 8.3.11.1 Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000. The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning. If you are configuring only one area in your network, you do not need to run both Level 1 and Level 2 routing algorithms. You can configure the IS type as Level 1.
PAGE 900
Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_interv al seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP generation.
PAGE 901
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. S4810 Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 128 to 1497 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. Defaults 1497 bytes. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 902
Defaults 900 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement.
PAGE 903
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. To configure the number of area addresses on router, use this command. This value must be consistent with routers in the same area, otherwise the router forms only Level 2 adjacencies. The value must be same among all the routers to form Level 1 adjacencies. max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed.
PAGE 904
maximum-paths Allows you to configure the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed in a routing table. S4810 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths an IP routing installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4.
PAGE 905
wide Allows you to generate and accept only new-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 16777215. level-1 Enables the metric style on Level 1. level-2 Enables the metric style on Level 2. Defaults narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 906
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. S4810 Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command.
PAGE 907
To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 908
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute active routes into ISIS. rip Enter the keyword rip to redistribute RIP routes into IS-IS. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute user-configured routes into IS-IS. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Assign a value to the redistributed route. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. Use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol.
PAGE 909
Usage Information To redistribute a default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Changing or disabling a keyword in this command does not affect the state of the other command keywords. When an LSP with an internal metric is received, the FTOS considers the route cost while considering the advertised cost to reach the destination.
PAGE 910
metric-type {external| internal} route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: • external • internal map-name is an identifier for a configured route map. The route map filters imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol. If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported.
PAGE 911
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. S4810 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metrictype {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value][metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 912
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 913
Version 8.3.11.1 Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. Enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 914
table. If you set the overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovered. show config Display the changes you made to the IS-IS configuration. Default values are not shown. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show config • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 915
show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show isis database [level-1 | level-2] [local] [detail | summary] [lspid] level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 1 IS-IS link-state database. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 2 IS-IS link-state database. local (OPTIONAL) Displays local link-state database information. detail (OPTIONAL) Detailed link-state database information of each LSP displays when specified.
PAGE 916
Field Description The last octet is the LSP number. An LSP is divided into multiple LSP fragments if there is more data than cannot fit in a single LSP. Each fragment has a unique LSP number. An * after the LSPID indicates that the system originates an LSP where this command was issued. Example LSP Seq Num This value is the sequence number for the LSP that allows other systems to determine if they have received the latest information from the source.
PAGE 917
Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.
PAGE 918
====================== Graceful Restart : Enabled T3 Timer : Manual T3 Timeout Value : 30 T2 Timeout Value : 30 (level-1), 30 (level-2) T1 Timeout Value : 5, retry count: 1 Adjacency wait time : 30 Operational Timer Value ====================== Current Mode/State : T3 Time left : T2 Time left : Restart ACK rcv count : Restart Req rcv count : Suppress Adj rcv count : Restart CSNP rcv count : Database Sync count : FTOS# Normal/RUNNING 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1),
PAGE 919
show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show isis interface [interface] interface • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 920
Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 --More-- show isis neighbors Display information about neighboring (adjacent) routers.
PAGE 921
Usage Information Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command. The following describes the show isis neighbors command shown in the following example. Example Field Description System Id The value that identifies a system in an area. Interface The interface, slot, and port in which the router was discovered.
PAGE 922
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled.
PAGE 923
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 924
Example FTOS#sho IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: FTOS# is traffic Level-1 Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 0/721 Level-2 Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 900/943 PTP Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 Level-1 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) : 0/0 Level-2 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) : 1/3 Level-1 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 Level-2 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) : 5934/5217 Level-1 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 472/238 Level-1 LSPs
PAGE 925
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 926
PAGE 927
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) 31 This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS). The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by FTOS on the S4810 platform. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 928
debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). S4810 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interfacetype [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug the LACP event information. pdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword pdu to debug the LACP Protocol Data Unit information.
PAGE 929
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. S4810 Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 930
To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priority-value command. Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 931
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. S4810 Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 932
counters Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example (PortChannel-Number) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 933
----------------------------------------------------Gi 10/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 FTOS# Related Commands clear lacp counters — clears the LACP counters. show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 934
PAGE 935
32 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The VLAN commands are supported on all the S4810 platform. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 936
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 937
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. show mac-address-table aging-time — displays the MAC aging time. mac-address-table static Associate specific MAC or hardware addresses to an interface and VLANs.
PAGE 938
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for output range parameter for S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 939
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. For information about the specific trap sent and the corresponding Syslog, refer to the SNMP Traps chapter. mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change.
PAGE 940
Defaults vlan vlan-id E-Series only: Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to allow aging of MACs even though a learning limit is configured. station-moveviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. • On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age.
PAGE 941
When a channel member is added to a port-channel and there is not enough ACL CAM space, the MAC limit functionality on that port-channel is undefined. When this occurs, un-configure the existing configuration first and then reapply the limit with a lower value. Related Commands clear counters — Clear counters used in the show interface command. clear mac-address-table dynamic — clears the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 942
mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port. S4810 Syntax mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky To convert the sticky MAC addresses to dynamic MAC addresses, use the no mac learning-limit command. Parameters mac-addresssticky Configures the dynamic MAC addresses as sticky on an interface. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 943
shutdownoffending Enter the keywords shutdown-offending to shut down the offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdownoriginal Enter the keywords shutdown-original to shut down the original interface and generate a syslog message. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 944
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (count) Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. S4810 Syntax Parameters show cam mac linecard slot port-set port-pipe count [vlan vlanid] [interface interface] linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard then a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information.
PAGE 945
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. S4810 Syntax Parameters show cam mac linecard slot port-set port-pipe [address mac_addr | dynamic | interface interface | static | vlan vlan-id] linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard then a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information.
PAGE 946
Example Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 947
also add one of these combinations: address/mac-address, interface/interface, or vlan vlan-id. aging-time Enter the keyword aging-time to display only aging-time information. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: interface interface interface-type Command Modes Command History • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 948
Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information. The following abbreviations describe the interface types: State Example Usage Information 948 • gi — Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port.
PAGE 949
Column Heading Description • State te — 10–Gigabit Ethernet followed by a slot/port. Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). The following describes the show mac-address-table count command shown in the following example. Line Beginning With Description MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses.
PAGE 950
Example Version 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS#show mac-address-table aging-time Mac-address-table aging time : 1800 FTOS# Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac accounting destination Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only).
PAGE 951
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. MAC Accounting information can be accessed using SNMP via the Force10 Monitor MIB. For more information about enabling SNMP, refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Currently, the Force10 MONITOR MIB does not return the MAC addresses in an increasing order using SNMP. As a workaround, you can use the -C c option in snmpwalk or snmpbulkwalk to access the Force10 MONITOR MIB. For example: % snmpwalk -C c -v 2c -c public 133.33.33.
PAGE 952
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series.
PAGE 953
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Defaults The Default VLAN is VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 954
Usage Information The no default vlan disable command is not listed in the running-configuration, but when the default VLAN is disabled, default-vlan disable is listed in the runningconfiguration. name Assign a name to the VLAN. S4810 Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command. Parameters vlan-name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 955
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 956
Usage Information Version 9.1.(0.0) Updated to support OpenFlow. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and S-Series and revised the output to include the Description field to display a userentered VLAN description. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and revised the output to display Native VLAN. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 957
Column Heading Example Description • Po = port channel • Gi = gigabit Ethernet • Te = ten-gigabit Ethernet FTOS#show vlan Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs, P - Primary, C Community, I - Isolated Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged, O - Openflow x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status Description Q Ports * 1 Inactive 2 Active U Po1(Gi 13/0) T P
PAGE 958
FTOS#show vlan id 42 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 42 FTOS# Status Description Q Ports Active U Gi 13/47 Example (Brief) FTOS#show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----------------------------------1 0 1800 unassigned 2 0 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3 0 1800 3.3.3.
PAGE 959
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 960
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 961
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
PAGE 962
debug fefd Enable debugging of FEFD. S4810 Syntax debug fefd {events | packets} [interface] To disable debugging of FEFD, use the no debug fefd {events | packets} [interface] command. Parameters events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging of FEFD state changes. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received.
PAGE 963
fefd Enable Far-End Failure Detection on an interface, set the FEFD interval, or select the FEFD mode. S4810 Syntax Parameters fefd {disable|interval|mode {aggressive|normal} disable Enter the keyword disable to disable FEFD for the specified interface. interval Enter the keyword interval, followed by a value to specify the FEFD interval in seconds. Range is from 3 to 300. Default is 15. mode Enter the keyword mode followed by the mode type to specify the FEFD mode.
PAGE 964
fefd disable Disable FEFD on an interface only. This command overrides the fefd reset command for the interface. S4810 Syntax fefd disable To re-enable FEFD on an interface, use the no fefd disable command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 965
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. S4810 Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command.
PAGE 966
fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. S4810 Syntax fefd reset [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 967
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 968
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd-global interval — configures an interval between FEFD control packets.
PAGE 969
Usage Information Example The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration. Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets. State Displays the state of the interface and can be one of the following: bi-directional (interface is up, connected and hearing neighbor’s echoes).
PAGE 970
PAGE 971
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 33 Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 972
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 973
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). S4810 Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | systemcapabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
PAGE 974
advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface. S4810 Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | systemcapabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
PAGE 975
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 976
debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. S4810 Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all} {events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
PAGE 977
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. S4810 Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable.
PAGE 978
Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 979
Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 980
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. S4810 Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 981
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol. When you enter the LLDP protocol in the Interface context, it overrides global configurations.
PAGE 982
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
PAGE 983
show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. S4810 Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration.
PAGE 984
LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands. FTOS LLDP-MED commands are an extension of the set of LLDP TLV advertisement commands. The C-Series and SSeries support all commands. The E-Series generally supports the commands. However, LLDP-MED commands are more useful on the C-Series and the S50V model of the S-Series, because they support Power over Ethernet (PoE) devices.
PAGE 985
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 986
Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system.
PAGE 987
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. S4810 Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 988
priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 989
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 990
Version 7.6.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system.
PAGE 991
advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system. S4810 Syntax advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 992
To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 993
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 34 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) supports MSDP commands on the S4810 platform.
PAGE 994
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 995
rejected-sa Enter the keyword rejected-sa to clear the cache source-active entries that are rejected because the RPF check failed, an SA filter or limit is configured, the RP or MSDP peer is unreachable, or because of a format error. local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries. It applies the redistribute filter (if present) while adding the local PIM SA entries to the SA cache. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache.
PAGE 996
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries.
PAGE 997
ip msdp default-peer Define a default peer from which to accept all source-active (SA) messages. S4810 Syntax ip msdp default-peer peer address [list name] To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer.
PAGE 998
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer.
PAGE 999
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. S4810 Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1000
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. S4810 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connectsource interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1001
Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used. If the total number of SA messages received from the peer is already larger than the limit when this command is applied, those SA messages continue to be accepted.
PAGE 1002
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. S4810 Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
PAGE 1003
Defaults 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1004
Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. S4810 Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1005
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced FTOS#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 1006
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example 1006 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1007
Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) 35 Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system (FTOS), conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking S4810 platform. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
PAGE 1008
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1009
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. S4810 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1010
Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1011
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance.
PAGE 1012
Usage Information By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance. name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. S4810 Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1013
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. S4810 Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1014
Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1015
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS(conf-mstp)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree mstp no disable name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101-105 max-hops 5 FTOS(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree mst configuration • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1016
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 1017
Designated port id is 128.82, designated path cost Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU (Mrecords): sent 1109, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 88 (GigabitEthernet 2/6) is root Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.88 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1018
on Gi 0/0 Port 257 (GigabitEthernet 0/0) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.257 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1019
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface.
PAGE 1020
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1021
36 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) on all S4810 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands • IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1022
E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute. S4810 Syntax ip mroute destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] To delete a specific static mroute, use the ip mroute destination mask {ipaddress | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] command.
PAGE 1023
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip mroute — views the E-Series routing table.
PAGE 1024
Related Commands show ip igmp groups — shows the IGMP groups. ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. S4810 Syntax ip multicast-routing To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1025
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to view the number of multicast routes and packets. snooping [vlan vlan-id] [groupaddress [sourceaddress]] Enter the keyword snooping to display information on the multicast routes PIM-SM snooping discovers. Enter a VLAN ID to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes PIM-SM snooping discovers on a specified VLAN. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1026
Example (Snooping) FTOS#show ip mroute snooping IPv4 Multicast Snooping Table (*, 224.0.0.0), uptime 17:46:23 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/13 (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:04:16 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.
PAGE 1027
Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/13 (1.13.1.100, 224.10.10.1), uptime 00:04:03 Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 3/4 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/12 GigabitEthernet 3/13 (*, 224.20.20.1), uptime 00:05:12 Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 3/12 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/4 show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip rpf • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1028
IPv6 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv6 multicast commands. debug ipv6 mld_host Enable the collection of debug information for MLD host transactions. S4810 Syntax [no] debug ipv6 mld_host [int-count | interface type] [slot/ port-range] To discontinue collection of debug information for the MLD host transactions, use the no debug ipv6 mld_host command. Parameters int-count Enter the keyword count to indicate the number of required debug messages.
PAGE 1029
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. S4810 Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 2000. Defaults The S-Series default is 400. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1030
PAGE 1031
Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) 37 The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports the network discovery protocol for IPv6 on the S4810 platform. The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1032
interface interface Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege To remove all neighbor entries learned on a specific interface, enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information of the interface: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet then the slot/port information. • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1033
hardware_addres s • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Enter a 48-bit hardware MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 1034
Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1035
38 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on S4810 Dell Networking platform. Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the S4810 platform. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS).
PAGE 1036
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1037
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR).
PAGE 1038
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. Related Commands area stub — creates a stub area. router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas.
PAGE 1039
Related Commands router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. S4810 Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967.
PAGE 1040
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1041
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1042
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added the database-timer rate-limit option for the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1043
Example Field Description keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
PAGE 1044
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
PAGE 1045
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1046
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf asbr — displays the VLAN configuration. distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address. S4810 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask accesslist-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 1047
distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. S4810 Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 1048
distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. S4810 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1049
distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. S4810 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed.
PAGE 1050
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes. fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time.
PAGE 1051
flood-2328 Enable RFC-2328 flooding behavior. S4810 Syntax flood-2328 To disable, use the no flood-2328 command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1052
Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process. The range is from 40 to 1800 seconds. Defaults Not Configured Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1053
Version 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode. S4810 Syntax graceful-restart mode [planned-only | unplanned-only] To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only.
PAGE 1054
role restart-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-only to specify the OSPF router is a restart only during graceful-restart. Defaults By default, OSPF routers are both helper and restart routers during a graceful restart. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1055
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. S4810 Syntax ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated.
PAGE 1056
Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1057
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times the default hello-interval. Related Commands ip ospf hello-interval — sets the time interval between the hello packets. ip ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface.
PAGE 1058
ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. S4810 Syntax ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters keyid Enter a number as the key ID. The range is from 1 to 255. key Enter a continuous character string as the password. Defaults No MD5 authentication is configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1059
ip ospf mtu-ignore Disable OSPF MTU mismatch detection upon receipt of database description (DBD) packets. S4810 Syntax ip ospf mtu-ignore To return to the default, use the no ip ospf mtu-ignore command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1060
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface.
PAGE 1061
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. S4810 Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1062
Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1063
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. S4810 Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 16. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths.
PAGE 1064
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. This command is either enabled or disabled. If no OSPF process is identified as the MIB manager, the first OSPF process is used. If an OSPF process has been selected, it must be disabled prior to assigning new process ID the MIB responsibility.
PAGE 1065
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0. passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface.
PAGE 1066
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the keyword default. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in OSPF updates sent using other interfaces.
PAGE 1067
redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process. S4810 Syntax redistribute {connected | rip | static} [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | isis | rip | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1068
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route into the OSPF routing domain. redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance.
PAGE 1069
Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the keyword default. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance.
PAGE 1070
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command.
PAGE 1071
FTOS(conf-router_ospf)#show config ! router ospf 100 router-id 1.1.1.1 FTOS(conf-router_ospf)#no router-id Changing router-id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency [y/ n]: FTOS# router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. S4810 Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To clear an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1072
Example FTOS(conf)#router ospf 2 FTOS(conf-router_ospf)# show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1073
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1074
Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays information about the OSPF routes configured. show ip ospf interface — displays the OSPF interfaces configured. show ip ospf neighbor — displays the OSPF neighbors configured. show ip ospf virtual-links — displays the OSPF virtual links configured. show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF.
PAGE 1075
1.1.1.1 FTOS# E/-/-/ 0 0.0.0.0 - 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. S4810 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip ospf process-id database [database-summary] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1076
Example Field Description Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router. FTOS>show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.
PAGE 1077
adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1078
Example Field Description Metric Displays the LSA metric. FTOS#show ip ospf 100 database asbr-summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000000f Checksum: 0x8221 Length: 28 Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.
PAGE 1079
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1080
Example Field Description TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router. If the forwarding address is 0.0.0.0, data traffic is forwarded to the originating router. External Route Tag Displays the 32-bit field attached to each external route.
PAGE 1081
show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database network [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1082
Field Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
PAGE 1083
show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf database nssa-external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] link-state-id adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1084
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1085
Example Item Description Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID). FTOS>show ip ospf 1 database opaque-area OSPF Router with ID (3.3.3.
PAGE 1086
adv-router ip- address Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1087
adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router then the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1088
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information 1088 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1089
Example Item Description (Link ID) Identifies the link type and address. (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics. TOS 0 Metric Lists the number of TOS 0 metrics. FTOS#show ip ospf 100 database router OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1090
Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database summary [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1091
Example Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs.
PAGE 1092
LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 FTOS# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated.
PAGE 1093
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id interface command shown in the following example. Item Description GigabitEthernet...
PAGE 1094
Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) GigabitEthernet 13/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DROTHER, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.5, Interface address 192.168.0.4 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.3, Interface address 192.168.0.
PAGE 1095
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Example Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example. Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID. Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor. State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor. Dead Time Displays the expected time until FTOS declares the neighbor dead. Address Displays the IP address of the neighbor.
PAGE 1096
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM. For example, if a route is missing from the RTM/FIB but is visible from the display output of this command, the problem is with downloading the route to the RTM.
PAGE 1097
neighbor router- id Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword neighbor then the neighbor’s router-id in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1098
Row Heading Description Rx-Mark The highest number mark in the reception queue. Hello-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the hello packets. LSR-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state request packets. Other-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state acknowledgement, database description, and update packets. The following describes the error definitions for the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command.
PAGE 1099
TX 10 0 10 0 OSPF Global Queue Length TxQ-Len RxQ-Len Hello-Q 0 0 LSR-Q 0 0 Other-Q 0 0 0 0 Tx-Mark 0 0 0 0 Rx-Mark 2 0 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Err Version No-Buffer Q-OverFlow 0 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Err AreaMis Seq-No Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Org 0 Nbr-State 0 Chksum 0 Conf-Issues 0 Socket 0 Error packets (Only for TX) Socket Errors FTOS# Usage Information Example (Statistics) 0 The show ip ospf process-id statistics command displays the error p
PAGE 1100
Related Commands clear ip ospf statistics — clears the packet statistics in all interfaces and neighbors. show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. S4810 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show ip ospf process-id timers rate-limit process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1101
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.
PAGE 1102
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1103
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1104
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. LSAs are sent after the start-interval and then after hold-interval until the maximum interval is reached. In throttling, exponential backoff is used when sending same LSA, so that the interval is multiplied until the maximum time is reached.
PAGE 1105
area authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OFSPFv3 area. S4810 Syntax Parameters area area-id authentication ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [keyencryption-type] key area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be authenticated. For area-id, you can enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1106
If you have enabled IPsec encryption in an OSPFv3 area with the area encryption command, you cannot use the area authentication command in the area at the same time. The configuration of IPsec authentication on an interface-level takes precedence over an area-level configuration. If you remove an interface configuration, an area authentication policy that has been configured is applied to the interface.
PAGE 1107
key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1108
clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process. S4810 Syntax clear ipv6 ospf process Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1109
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2.(0.0) Usage Information Example Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. The following section describes the command fields. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1110
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1111
Lines Beginning With or Including Description type: Displays the type of packet sent: • 1 - Hello packet • 2 - database description • 3 - link state request • 4 - link state update • 5 - link state acknowledgement • 7 - external LSA • 8 - link-state advertisement (OSPFv3) • 9 - link local LSA (OSPFv2), Intra-Area-Prefix LSA (OSPFv3) • 11 - grace LSA (OSPFv3) Length: Displays the packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPF3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the Area ID.
PAGE 1112
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1113
When you enable the helper-reject role on an interface with the ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject command, you reconfigure OSPFv3 graceful restart to function in a “restartingonly” role. In a “restarting-only” role, OSPFv3 does not participate in the graceful restart of a neighbor. graceful-restart mode Specify the type of events that trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart.
PAGE 1114
ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface. S4810 Syntax ipv6 ospf process id areaarea id To disable OSPFv6 routing for an interface, use the no ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. area area-id Specify the OSPF area. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1115
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1116
multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. • Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system.
PAGE 1117
Usage Information Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1118
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. S4810 Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryptionalgorithm [key-encryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1119
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
PAGE 1120
The graceful-restart role command is not supported in OSPFv3. When you enable the helperreject role on an interface, you reconfigure an OSPFv3 router to function in a “restarting-only” role. ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. S4810 Syntax ipv6 ospf hello—interval seconds To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets.
PAGE 1121
Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not point-to-point networks.
PAGE 1122
Parameters number Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1123
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled. If you disable the sending of routing updates on an interface, the particular address prefix continues to be advertised to other interfaces, and updates from other routers on that interface continue to be received and processed.
PAGE 1124
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3. The range is from 0 to 4294967295 The default is 0. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1125
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If this command is used on an OSPFv3 process that is already active (has neighbors), all the neighbor adjacencies are brought down immediately and new sessions are initiated with the new router ID. Related Commands clear ipv6 ospf process – resets an OSPFv3 router process.
PAGE 1126
Outbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Inbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Outbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des esp-md5-hmac Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-0-501 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Inbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6e
PAGE 1127
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces. S4810 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter GigabitEthernet slot/port. • For a Port Channel interface, enter port-channel number.
PAGE 1128
transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, }
PAGE 1129
replay detection support Y: An SA has enabled the replay detection feature. N: The replay detection feature is not enabled. STATUS ACTIVE: The authentication or encryption policy is enabled on the interface. show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs).
PAGE 1130
Example (databasesummary) FTOS#show ipv6 ospf database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
PAGE 1131
Parameters interface Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet and the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and the slot/port information.
PAGE 1132
show ipv6 ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbor information on a per-interface basis. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf neighbor [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes EXEC (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1133
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 39 The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the S4810 platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1134
Parameters group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1135
register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers.
PAGE 1136
Version 7.8.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out. To clean the candidate RP advertisements, use the clear ip pim rp-mapping command. ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router. S4810 Syntax ip pim bsr-candidate interface [hash-mask-length] [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-candidate command.
PAGE 1137
ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. S4810 Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1138
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1139
FTOS(conf)#int gig 1/1 FTOS(config-if-gi-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. S4810 Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters.
PAGE 1140
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1141
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. S4810 Syntax ip pim rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} override To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim rp-address address {groupaddress group-address mask} override command. Parameters address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1142
ip pim rp-candidate To send out a Candidate-RP-Advertisement message to the bootstrap (BS) router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR, configure a PIM router. S4810 Syntax ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority] command.
PAGE 1143
ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface. S4810 Syntax ip pim sparse-mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, use the no ip pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1144
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1145
no ip pim snooping dr-flood Disable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router. S4810 Syntax no ip pim snooping dr-flood To re-enable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router, use the ip pim snooping dr-flood command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1146
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1147
Example Field Description Address Lists the IP addresses of the interfaces participating in PIM. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number and mode for each interface participating in PIM: • v2 = PIM version 2 • S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface.
PAGE 1148
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found.
PAGE 1149
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example FTOS#sh ip pim rp Group RP 224.2.197.115 165.
PAGE 1150
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (#2) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1151
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. The following describes the show ip pim snooping neighbor commands shown in the following example.
PAGE 1152
Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast group. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 1153
Field Description • Example K=acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/source.
PAGE 1154
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on ESeries ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1155
Neighbor table RP Mapping : 528 bytes : 0 bytes show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). S4810 Syntax Parameters show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1156
Field Example Description • P = route was pruned • R = the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP • F = FTOS is registering this entry for a multicast source • T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K = acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source.
PAGE 1157
Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 8/0 show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. S4810 Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1158
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM events. group group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group then the group address to invoke debugging on that specific group. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM packets. register [group] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register and optionally the group address to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM register messages for a particular group.
PAGE 1159
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. hash-masklength (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length for RP selection. The range is from 0 to 128. The default is 126. priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority value for Bootstrap election process. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0. Defaults Refer to Parameters.
PAGE 1160
Usage Information The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router. If two interfaces contain the same designated router priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router. ipv6 pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group.
PAGE 1161
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Do not enter this command before creating the access-list.
PAGE 1162
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 1163
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered.
PAGE 1164
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode on the interface. S4810 Syntax ipv6 pim sparse-mode To disable IPv6 PIM sparse mode, use the no ipv6 pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.
PAGE 1165
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced PIM leaf routers join the shortest path tree immediately after the first packet arrives from a new source. show ipv6 pim bsr-router View information on the bootstrap router (v2). S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ipv6 pim bsr-router • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1166
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1167
165:87:50::6 FTOS# show ipv6 pim rp View all IPv6 multicast groups-to-rendezvous point (RP) mappings. S4810 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim rp [mapping | group-address] mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learned. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1168
show ipv6 pim tib View the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base — tib). S4810 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 1169
GigabitEthernet 10/11 (25::2, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: GigabitEthernet 10/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 10/11 (25::1, ff0e::226:1:2:1), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: GigabitEthernet 10/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 10/11 FTOS# 1169
PAGE 1170
PAGE 1171
40 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. The commands in this chapter are supported on the S4810 platform. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports only. Logical interfaces, such as Port Channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs), are not supported.
PAGE 1172
Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1173
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitor command is saved in the running configuration at Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload. Example FTOS(conf)# monitor session 60 FTOS(conf-mon-sess-60) Related Command show monitor session — displays the monitor session.
PAGE 1174
show monitor session Display the monitor information of a particular session or all sessions. S4810 Syntax show monitor session {session-ID} To display monitoring information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1175
show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. S4810 Syntax show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use the show runningconfig monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range from 0 to 65535. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1176
Related Commands monitor session — creates a session for monitoring. show monitor session — displays a monitor session. source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source. S4810 Syntax source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command.
PAGE 1177
Example Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1178
PAGE 1179
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 41 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) is supported on the S4810 platforms. Private VLANs extend the FTOS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The FTOS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands.
PAGE 1180
• • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type. Trunk port: A trunk port carries VLAN traffic across switches: – A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs. – A trunk port can also belong to a regular VLAN (non-private VLAN).
PAGE 1181
private-vlan mode Set PVLAN mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. S4810 Syntax [no] private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} To remove the PVLAN configuration, use the no private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} command syntax. Parameters community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN. isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN.
PAGE 1182
show vlan private-vlan mapping — displays the primary-secondary VLAN mapping. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. S4810 Syntax [no] private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list To remove specific secondary VLANs from the configuration, use the no private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list command syntax.
PAGE 1183
switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port. S4810 Syntax [no] switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk} To remove PVLAN mode from the selected port, use the no switchport mode private-vlan command. Parameters host Enter the keyword host to configure the selected port or port channel as an isolated interface in a PVLAN. promiscuous Enter the keyword promiscuous to configure the selected port or port channel as an promiscuous interface.
PAGE 1184
show vlan private-vlan mapping — displays the primary-secondary VLAN mapping.
PAGE 1185
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 42 The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. FTOS supports PVST+ on the S4810 platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. S4810 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1186
disable Disable PVST+ globally. S4810 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1187
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. FTOS(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.73f7 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32773 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 5), Address 0001.e832.
PAGE 1188
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1189
guard Defaults none Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on a PVST interface and the current port state. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (Brief) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1190
128.426 Gi 1/1 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 4096 0001.e801.6aa8 128.427 Gi 1/16 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.146 Gi 1/17 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.147 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------Gi 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Gi 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Gi 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Gi 1/17 Desg 128.
PAGE 1191
BPDU sent 1579, received 0 The port is in the Edge port mode Example (EDS/ LBK) FTOS#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 interface gigabitethernet 1/0 GigabitEthernet 1/0 of VLAN 2 is LBK_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 152, received 27562 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ----------------------------------------------------------Gi 1/0 128.
PAGE 1192
Parameters edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a PVST+ edge port. bpduguard Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled.
PAGE 1193
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the ESeries TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced.
PAGE 1194
Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. S4810 Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1195
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1196
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before FTOS transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1197
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs.
PAGE 1198
show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge. S4810 Syntax vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1199
Quality of Service (QoS) 43 The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are supported on the S4810 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1200
Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. S4810 Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1p-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a value from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1201
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value. You cannot assign the dot1p-priority command to individual interfaces in a port channel.
PAGE 1202
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. NOTE: Per Port rate limit and rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic. Per VLAN rate limit and rate police is supported on only tagged ports with Layer 2 switched traffic. C-Series and S-Series On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface.
PAGE 1203
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information On 40-port 10G linecards, if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Do not use values in this range for 10G interfaces.
PAGE 1204
service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode). A CONFIGURATION mode entry supersedes an INTERFACE mode entry. S4810 Syntax service-class dynamic dot1p To return to the default setting, use the no service-class dynamic dot1p command. Defaults Command Modes Command History All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command.
PAGE 1205
Usage Information To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command. By default, this facility is not enabled (that is, the 802.1p markings on incoming traffic are not honored). You can apply this command on both physical interfaces and port channels.
PAGE 1206
Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps. These maps classify unicast traffic into one of four classes. FTOS allows you to match multiple class maps and specify multiple match criteria. Policy-based QoS is not supported on logical interfaces, such as port-channels, VLANs, or loopbacks. bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class/queue.
PAGE 1207
match-any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. class-map-name Enter a name of the class for the class map in a character format (32 character maximum). layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1208
clear qos statistics Clears Matched Packets, Matched Bytes, and Dropped Packets. For TeraScale, clears Matched Packets, Matched Bytes, Queued Packets, Queued Bytes, and Dropped Packets. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear qos statistics interface-name interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: • Defaults Command Modes Command History For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1209
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output; conf-qos-policy-in and conf-qospolicy-out; wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 7.7.
PAGE 1210
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1211
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command.
PAGE 1212
Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast.
PAGE 1213
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. pre-Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1214
match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. S4810 Syntax Parameters match mac vlan number number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1215
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Aggregate input/output QoS policy applies to all the port ingoing/outgoing traffic.
PAGE 1216
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Expanded to add support for Layer 2. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP.
PAGE 1217
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map. This command enables Policy-Map-Output Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-out). Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1218
When changing a Service-Queue configuration in a QoS policy map, all QoS rules are deleted and re-added automatically to ensure that the order of the rules is maintained. As a result, the Matched Packets value shown in the show qos statistics command is reset. NOTE: On ExaScale, FTOS cannot classify IGMP packets on a Layer 2 interface using Layer 3 policy map. The packets always take the default queue, Queue 0, and cannot be rate-policed. Related Commands rate police — incoming traffic policing function.
PAGE 1219
Related Commands rate limit — outgoing traffic rate-limit functionality. bandwidth-percentage — assigns weight to the class/queue percentage. bandwidth-weight — assigns a priority weight to a queue. wred — assigns yellow or green drop precedence. queue egress Assign a WRED Curve to all eight egress Multicast queues or designate the percentage for the Multicast bandwidth queue.
PAGE 1220
Usage Information This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues. The WRED curve is applied to all eight egress Multicast queues. Important Points to Remember — Multicast-Bandwidth Option Related Commands • A unique multicast weighted fair queuing (WFQ) setting can be applied only on a per port-pipe basis. The minimum percentage of the multicast bandwidth assigned to any of the ports in the port-pipe takes effect for the entire port-pipe.
PAGE 1221
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues.
PAGE 1222
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The default burst size is 100Kb. If a different value is required, you must configure the burst size to the required value.
PAGE 1223
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. rate-shape can be applied only as an aggregate policy. If it is applied as a class-based policy, rate-shape does not take effect. On 40-port 10G linecards, if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000Kbs, for some values the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Do not use values in this range for 10G interfaces.
PAGE 1224
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. You can attach a single policy-map to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified. NOTE: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel. The service-policy input policy-map-name command and the serviceclass dynamic dot1p command are not allowed simultaneously on an interface.
PAGE 1225
Related Commands policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. S4810 Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [classmap class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue.
PAGE 1226
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface. set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. S4810 Syntax Parameters set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1227
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
PAGE 1228
Version 8.3.16.0 Related Commands Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map. show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information.
PAGE 1229
Example (IPv4) Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1230
class class-mapname Enter the keyword class then the class map name. qos-policy-input Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name. qos-policy-name Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1231
show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. S4810 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policy-name] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy-output Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. qos-policy-name Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1232
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1233
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
PAGE 1234
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can use the show qos statistics command on the C-Series, but the keyword wred-profile must be omitted in the syntax.
PAGE 1235
Field (ED and EE) Description Queue # Queue Number Queued Bytes Snapshot of the byte count in that queue. Matched Pkts The number of packets that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched packet counters are not incremented in this field. Matched Bytes The number of bytes that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched byte counters are not incremented in this field.
PAGE 1236
Field (EF) Description Queue # Queue Number Queued Bytes Snapshot of the byte count in that queue. Queued Pkts Cumulative packet count in that queue. Matched Pkts The number of packets that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched packet counters are not incremented in this field. Matched Bytes The number of bytes that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched byte counters are not incremented in this field.
PAGE 1237
Related Commands Field (ED, EE, EF) Description Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green, yellow, and out-of-profile. clear qos statistics — clears counters shown in show qos statistics. show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. S4810 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1238
test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. S4810 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map linecard {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} policy-map Enter the policy map name. linecard number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard then the line card slot number. port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the line card’s port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1.
PAGE 1239
Field Description Available CAM Indicates the free CAM space, in the partition, for the classification rules. NOTE: The CAM entries reserved for the default rules are not included in the Available CAM column; free entries, from the default rules space, cannot be used as a policy map for the classification rules. Estimated CAM per Port Indicates the number of free CAM entries required (for the classification rules) to apply the input policy map on a single interface.
PAGE 1240
threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. S4810 Syntax threshold min number max number To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1024KB to 77824KB. max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1024KB to 77824KB.
PAGE 1241
trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. S4810 Syntax Parameters trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
PAGE 1242
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedence S-Series Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 101XXX EF (Expedited Forwarding) CRITIC/ECP 2 32–47 100XXX AF4 (Assured Forwarding) Flash Override 2 32–47 011XXX AF3 Flash 1 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0–15 wred Designate the WRED profile to yellow or green traffic.
PAGE 1243
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the .E-Series Usage Information To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command. If there is no honoring enabled on the input, all the traffic defaults to green drop precedence. Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP. wred-ecn To indicate network congestion, rather than dropping packets, use explicit congestion notification (ECN).
PAGE 1244
Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. wred-profile Create a WRED profile and name the profile. S4810 Syntax wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (16 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names.
PAGE 1245
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 44 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the S4810 platform. The FTOS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide. auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes.
PAGE 1246
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the FTOS routing table. S4810 Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
PAGE 1247
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug only RIP protocol changes. trigger (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trigger to debug only RIP trigger extensions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1248
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1249
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. Related Commands redistribute — allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods. description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol.
PAGE 1250
distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. S4810 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command. Parameters weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight (for prioritization). The default is 120. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 1251
distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. S4810 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1252
distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates. S4810 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [interface | bgp | connected | ospf | static] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1253
Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. S4810 Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1254
2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1255
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic.
PAGE 1256
maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. S4810 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1257
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1258
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can enable an unlimited number of RIP networks. RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address the network command specifies. offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP.
PAGE 1259
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface.
PAGE 1260
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. S4810 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1261
Usage Information Related Commands Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances. S4810 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command.
PAGE 1262
redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. S4810 Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes.
PAGE 1263
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. S4810 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1264
router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. S4810 Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
PAGE 1265
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS(conf-router_rip)#show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 0/1 FTOS(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns.
PAGE 1266
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example. Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24... Lists the routes and the sources advertising those routes.
PAGE 1267
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 2/0 neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 1268
Defaults • update = 30 seconds • invalid = 180 seconds • holddown = 180 seconds • flush = 240 seconds Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1269
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1270
PAGE 1271
Remote Monitoring (RMON) 45 The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the S4810 platform. FTOS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1272
interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1273
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. S4810 Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
PAGE 1274
rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface. S4810 Syntax rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} [owner name] To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer owner name Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table.
PAGE 1275
Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format from 1 to 65535. The number value must be unique in the RMON event table. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON log entry. The log entry is triggered and sets the eventType in the RMON MIB to log or log-and-trap. The default is No log. trap community (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trap then an SNMP community string to configure the eventType setting in the RMON MIB. This keyword sets either snmp-trap or log-and-trap.
PAGE 1276
variable The MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 The object type must be a 64-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly.
PAGE 1277
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. S4810 Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.
PAGE 1278
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1279
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. S4810 Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1280
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 FTOS# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. S4810 Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON HighCapacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1281
falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times. alarm owner: 1 alarm storage type: non-volatile. alarm status: OK FTOS# Example (Brief) FTOS#show rmon hc-alarm brief index SNMP OID ---------------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 FTOS# show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table.
PAGE 1282
bucket granted: 1 sampling interval: 5 sec owner: 1 status: OK FTOS# Example (Brief) FTOS#show rmon history brief index ifIndex interface --------------------------------------6001 100974631 GigabitEthernet 2/0 6002 100974631 GigabitEthernet 2/0 6003 101236775 GigabitEthernet 2/1 6004 101236775 GigabitEthernet 2/1 9001 134529054 GigabitEthernet 3/0 9002 134529054 GigabitEthernet 3/0 9003 134791198 GigabitEthernet 3/1 9004 134791198 GigabitEthernet 3/1 FTOS# show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON l
PAGE 1283
Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry. Example (Index) FTOS#show rmon log 2 RMON log entry, alarm table index 2, log index 1 log time: 14638 (THU AUG 12 22:10:40 2004) description: 2 FTOS# Example (Brief) FTOS#show rmon log br eventIndex description -----------------------------2 2 4 4 FTOS# show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table.
PAGE 1284
bytes received: 0 packets received: 0 broadcast packets: 0 multicast packets: 0 CRC error: 0 under-size packets: 0 over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes packets overflow: 0 HC
PAGE 1285
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 46 The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. FTOS supports RSTP on the S4810 platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP.
PAGE 1286
debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. S4810 Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug the bridge protocol data units.
PAGE 1287
Version 6.2.1.1 Example Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu gigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. S4810 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
PAGE 1288
Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1289
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). S4810 Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
PAGE 1290
Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. S4810 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1291
protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. S4810 Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1292
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. FTOS(conf-rstp)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree rstp no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration.
PAGE 1293
Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Example (Brief) The following describes the show spanning-tree rstp guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name RSTP interface. Instance RSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), disabled (DIS), or shut down (EDS Shut).
PAGE 1294
Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 0 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 0 We are the root Current root has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Number of topology changes 1, last change occurred 00:00:31 ago on Gi 0/0 Port 257 (GigabitEthernet 0/0) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.257 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1295
edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a rapid spanning tree edge port. bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled.
PAGE 1296
If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. You cannot enable STP root guard and loop guard at the same time on a port. For example, if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured, the following error message displays: % Error: RootGuard is configured. Cannot configure LoopGuard.
PAGE 1297
Version 6.5.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. By default, FTOS implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP. This implementation helps in flushing MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often), allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, you can turn on this knob command to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1298
PAGE 1299
Software-Defined Networking (SDN) 47 Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports Software-Defined Networking (SDN). For more information, refer to the SDN Deployment Guide.
PAGE 1300
PAGE 1301
48 Security Most of the commands in this chapter are available on the S4810 platform. This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS). The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1302
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode. commands level Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level. name | default Enter one of the following: • For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. • For default, the default accounting methods used.
PAGE 1303
Example FTOS(conf)# aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ FTOS(conf)# aaa accounting command 15 default start-stop tacacs + FTOS(config)# Related Commands enable password — changes the password for the enable command. login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL.
PAGE 1304
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.
PAGE 1305
method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands. Defaults none Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1306
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1307
aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands. S4810 Syntax aaa authorization exec {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || if-authenticated || none} To disable authorization checking for EXEC level commands, use the no aaa authorization exec command. Parameters name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
PAGE 1308
• level level configure for CONFIGURATION mode • exec for EXEC mode • interface for INTERFACE modes • line for LINE mode • route-map for ROUTE-MAP mode • router for ROUTER OSPF, ROUTER RIP, ROUTER ISIS and ROUTER BGP modes Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands. reset Enter the keyword reset to return the security level to the default setting.
PAGE 1309
Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1310
• • • ... method2 none: no authentication. radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command. tacacs+: use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command. (OPTIONAL) In the event of a “no response” from the first method, FTOS applies the next configured method. Defaults Use the enable password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1311
Parameters method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a userconfigured method list that can be applied to different lines. default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines. method Enter one of the following methods: ... method4 • enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. • line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode.
PAGE 1312
NOTE: If authentication fails using the primary method, FTOS employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically. For example, if the TACACS+ server is reachable, but the server key is invalid, FTOS proceeds to the next authentication method. The TACACS+ is incorrect, but the user is still authenticated by the secondary method. After configuring the aaa authentication login command, configure the login authentication command to enable the authentication scheme on terminal lines.
PAGE 1313
ip access-list extended — names (or selects) an extended access list based on the IP addresses or protocols. enable password Change the password for the enable command. S4810 Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15.
PAGE 1314
example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”. When the password is created, you do not use the CNTL + v key combination and enter “abcd]e”. NOTE: The question mark (?) and the tilde (~) are not supported characters. Related Commands show running-config — views the current configuration. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands.
PAGE 1315
enable secret Change the password for the enable command. S4810 Syntax enable secret [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable secret [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1316
NOTE: The question mark (?) and the tilde (~) are not supported characters. Related Commands show running-config — views the current configuration. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. login authentication To designate the terminal lines, apply an authentication method list. S4810 Syntax login authentication {method-list-name | default} To use the local user/password database for login authentication, use the no login authentication command.
PAGE 1317
password Specify a password for users on terminal lines. S4810 Syntax password [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no password password command. Parameters encryption-type password (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. The options are • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string up to 32 characters long.
PAGE 1318
password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password). S4810 Syntax password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command.
PAGE 1319
Related Commands password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in FTOS. S4810 Syntax service password-encryption To store new passwords as clear text, use the no service password-encryption command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1320
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1321
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Example Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show user command shown in the following example. Field Description (untitled) Indicates with an asterisk (*) which terminal line you are using. Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use. User Displays the user name of all users logged in. Host(s) Displays the terminal line status. Location Displays the IP address of the user.
PAGE 1322
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes.
PAGE 1323
password Enter a string up to 32 characters long. privilege level Enter the keyword privilege then a number from zero (0) to 15. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption type. Defaults The default encryption type for the password option is 0. The default encryption type for the secret option is 0. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1324
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1325
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped.
PAGE 1326
radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host. S4810 Syntax Parameters radius-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [auth-port port-number] [retransmit retries] [timeout seconds] [key [encryption-type] key] hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host. auth-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port then a number as the port number.
PAGE 1327
Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured, use this command. FTOS searches for the RADIUS hosts in the order they are configured in the software.
PAGE 1328
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1329
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server .
PAGE 1330
TACACS+ Commands FTOS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. S4810 Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1331
• • • For a ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1332
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1333
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters.
PAGE 1334
• When the port is in the Force Authorized, Force Unauthorized, or Shutdown state, it is placed in the configured access VLAN. • If an 802.1X port is authenticated and put in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN, any change to the port access VLAN configuration does not take effect. • The 802.1X with VLAN assignment feature is not supported on trunk ports, dynamic ports, or with dynamicaccess port assignment through a VLAN membership.
PAGE 1335
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enables dot1x globally. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication.
PAGE 1336
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. S4810 Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1337
Usage Information 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable. Therefore, a guest VLAN is allocated to the interface and authentication for the device occurs at the next re-authentication interval (dot1x reauthentication).
PAGE 1338
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. S4810 Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1339
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1340
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. S4810 Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is3600 (1 hour).
PAGE 1341
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out.
PAGE 1342
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1343
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. S4810 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1344
ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Auth Type: Auth PAE State: Backend State: FTOS# 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands FTOS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0. SSH is a protocol for secure remote login over an insecure network. SSH sessions are encrypted and use authentication. crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server.
PAGE 1345
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for FIPS mode on the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server. If the keys are not found when you enable the server (ip ssh server enable), the keys are automatically generated.
PAGE 1346
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection. ip scp topdir Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer.
PAGE 1347
ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. S4810 Syntax Parameters ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1348
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server.
PAGE 1349
NOTE: Administrators must specify the two files (rhosts and pub-key-file) to configure host-based authentication. Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. S4810 Syntax Parameters ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869.
PAGE 1350
Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1351
Usage Information This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the userspecified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once. The file contains the OpenSSH-compatible public keys of the host for which host-based authentication is allowed.
PAGE 1352
Example FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts FTOS(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once.
PAGE 1353
Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) — adds keys for RSA authentication. ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. S4810 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. ip ssh server {enable | port port-number} [version {1 | 2}] To disable SSH server functions, use the no ip ssh server enable command. Parameters enable Enter the key word enable to start the SSH server.
PAGE 1354
Related Commands show ip ssh — displays the ssh information. show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. S4810 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key.
PAGE 1355
6830889610203172266 798895675496676526500637962218977992760927852363883922305508181 9166009928132616408 664345774602219229518903992966334579117374224743155375050167692 9660273790601494434 050000015179864425629613385774919236081771341059533760063913083 FTOS# Related Commands crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys. show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. S4810 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
PAGE 1356
show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication. S4810 Syntax show ip ssh client-pub-keys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1357
ssh {hostname | ipv4 address | ipv6 address} [-c encryption cipher | -l username | -m HMAC algorithm | -p port-number | -v {1 | 2}] Parameters hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the host name of the remote device. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D.
PAGE 1358
Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information FTOS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1359
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. S4810 Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1360
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping vlan — enables DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1361
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time.
PAGE 1362
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. S4810 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1363
ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. S4810 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1364
Related Commands 1364 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1365
Service Provider Bridging 49 Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the FTOS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. FTOS supports L2PT on the S4810 platform.
PAGE 1366
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Defaults Debug disabled.
PAGE 1367
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1368
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable VLAN-Stacking, no protocol packets are tunneled. Related Command show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. S4810 Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1369
Parameters rate Enter the rate in frames per second. The range is from 75 to 3000. The default is 75. Defaults 75 frames per second. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1370
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1371
50 sFlow The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports sFlow commands on the S4810 platform. FTOS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a networkwide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1372
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. S4810 Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] command.
PAGE 1373
Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both. The sFlow agent address is carried in a field in SFlow packets and is used by the collector to identify the sFlow agent.
PAGE 1374
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default. In addition to this command, sFlow needs to be enable on individual interfaces where sFlow sampling is desired. Related Commands sflow enable (Interface) — enables sFlow on interfaces. sflow enable (Interface) Enable sFlow on interfaces. S4810 Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command.
PAGE 1375
sflow extended-switch enable Enable packing information on a switch only. S4810 Syntax sflow extended-switch enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-switch [enable] command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable global extended information. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1376
sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. S4810 Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1377
Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is the global counter polling interval. Defaults The same value as the current global default counter polling interval. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1378
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1379
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface.
PAGE 1380
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1381
51 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on the S4810 platform. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS).
PAGE 1382
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1383
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1384
Example FTOS#show snmp group groupname: ngroup readview : nview notifyview: nview row status: active security model: v3 auth writeview: no write view specified FTOS# Related Commands snmp-server group — configures an SNMP server group. show snmp user Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show snmp user • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1385
snmp ifmib ifalias long Display the entire description string through the Interface MIB, which would be truncated otherwise to 63 characters. S4810 Syntax snmp ifmib ifalias long Defaults Interface description truncated beyond 63 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1386
list-name [ipv6 ipv6-access-list-name | access-list-name | security-name name]]] To remove access to a community, use the no snmp-server community community-string {ro | rw} [security-name name [access-listname | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 accesslist-name]] command. Parameters community-name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) to act as a password for SNMP. ro Enter the keyword ro to specify read-only permission. rw Enter the keyword rw to specify read-write permission.
PAGE 1387
The community-name parameter indexes this command. If you do not configure the snmp-server community command, you cannot query SNMP data. Only Standard IPv4 ACL and IPv6 ACL is supported in the optional access-listname. The command options ipv6, security-name, and access-list-name are recursive. In other words, each option can, in turn, accept any of the three options as a sub-option, and each of those sub-options can accept any of the three sub-options as a sub-option, and so forth.
PAGE 1388
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. S4810 Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notificationtype] [notification-option] command.
PAGE 1389
• temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: • • • • authentication coldstart linkdown linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for copy-config and ecmp traps. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1390
Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device. Format (as specified in RFC 3411): 12 octets. remote ip- address udp-port port- number engineID • The first four octets are set to the private enterprise number. • The remaining eight octets are the MAC address of the chassis. Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device.
PAGE 1391
snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1392
access accesslist-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). access-list-name ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1393
To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address [traps | informs] [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port number] [notification-type] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address of the host (configurable hosts is limited to 16). ipv6-address Enter the keyword host then the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1394
• bgp — BGP state change. • config — copy-configuration traps. • ecmp — ecmp and link bundling traffic imbalance traps. • envmon — Environment monitor trap. • snmp — SNMP notification (RFC 1157). • stp — Spanning tree protocol notification (RFC 1493). • vrrp — State change in a VRRP group. • xstp — State change in MSTP (802.1s), RSTP (802.1w), and PVST+. The default is all trap types are sent to host. Defaults As above.
PAGE 1395
globally. For a host to receive most notifications, at least one snmp-server enable command and the snmp-server host command for that host must be enabled. NOTE: For v1 / v2c trap configuration, if the community-string is not defined using the snmp-server community command prior to using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command automatically is configured with the community-name the same as specified in the snmp-server host command.
PAGE 1396
snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. S4810 Syntax Parameters snmp-server packetsize byte-count byte-count Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1397
• For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address assigned to the management interface is the default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1398
remote ip- address • v1v2creadu — maps to a community with ro permissions. • 1v2cwriteu — maps to a community rw permissions. Enter the keywords udp-port then the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. udp-port portnumber Enter the keywords udp-port then the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162.
PAGE 1399
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1400
Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server view Configure an SNMPv3 view. S4810 Syntax snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters).
PAGE 1401
snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. S4810 Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1402
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show logging — displays logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer.
PAGE 1403
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1404
default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. S4810 Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1405
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1406
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Related Commands When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. clear logging — clears the logging buffer.
PAGE 1407
E-Series legacy command Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. S4810 Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
PAGE 1408
Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1409
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the FTOS logging history table.
PAGE 1410
logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. S4810 Syntax logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging.
PAGE 1411
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you use the no logging on command, messages are logged only to the console. Related Commands logging — enables logging to the Syslog server.
PAGE 1412
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1413
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1414
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5. Related Commands logging — enables the logging to another device. logging on — enables logging.
PAGE 1415
E-Series legacy command Example (Partial) FTOS#show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 5604 Messages Logged, Size (524288 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Oct 8 09:25:37: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Connection with neighbor 223.80.255.254 closed. Hold time expired Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.200.13.2 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.1.1.
PAGE 1416
show logging driverlog stack-unit Display the driver log for the specified stack member. S4810 Syntax Parameters defaults Command Modes Command History show logging driverlog stack-unit unit# stack-unit unit# Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the stack member ID of the switch for which you want to display the driver log. The range is from 0 to 1. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1417
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1418
PAGE 1419
52 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS). Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1420
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_FALLING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMO
PAGE 1421
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-5-MAJOR_SFM_CLR: Major alarm cleared: Switch fabric up CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN %CHMGR-2-MINOR_SFM: MInor alarm: No working standby SFM CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_SFM_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: Working standby SFM present CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN %CHMGR-2-PEM_PRBLM: Major alarm: probl
PAGE 1422
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans in fan tray %d are down.
PAGE 1423
Message ID %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3-VRRP_BAD_AUTH: 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3-VRRP_BAD_AUTH: 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication Trap Type Trap Option PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE vrid-1 on Gi type mismatch.
PAGE 1424
PAGE 1425
53 Stacking All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) on the S4810 platform. The commands are always available and operational, whether the S-Series has a stacking module inserted. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units.
PAGE 1426
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The range is 0 to 11. Enabling this command keeps the failed switch in the Failed state. The switch does not reboot until it is manually rebooted. When enabled, it is not displayed in the running-config. When disabled, it is displayed in the running-config. Related Commands show redundancy — displays the current redundancy status. redundancy force-failover stack-unit Force the standby unit in the stack to become the management unit.
PAGE 1427
xstp Enter one of the following protocols: STP, RSTP, MSTP, PVST. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1428
Usage Information Resetting the management unit is not allowed, and an error message displays if you try to do so. Resetting is a soft reboot, including flushing the forwarding tables. Starting with FTOS version 7.8.1.0, you can run this command directly on the stack standby unit (standby master) to reset the standby. You cannot reset any other unit from the standby unit.
PAGE 1429
Usage Information Example To modify your results, use the show redundancy [pipe] command, as follows: • except — show only text that doesn not match a pattern. • find — search for the first occurrence of a pattern. • grep — show only text that matches a pattern. • no-more — do not paginate the output. • save — save the output to a file.
PAGE 1430
show system stack-ports Display information about the stacking ports on all switches in the stack. S4810 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show system stack-ports [status | topology] status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the command output without the Connection field. topology (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword topology to limit the table to just the Interface and Connection fields. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1431
2/49 2/51 2/52 FTOS# 0/51 1/50 24 12 12 up up up up up down Example (Status) FTOS# show system stack-ports status Topology: Ring Interface Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status ---------------------------------------0/49 12 up up 0/50 12 up down 0/51 24 up up 1/49 12 up up 1/50 12 up up 2/49 24 up up 2/51 12 up up 2/52 12 up down FTOS# Example (Topology) FTOS# show system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection ---------------------0/49 1/49 0/50 0/51 2/49 1/49 0/49 1/50 2/51 2
PAGE 1432
Parameters stack-number Enter the stack member unit identifier. 1–14 This preference parameter allows you to specify the management priority of one backup switch over another, with 0 the lowest priority and 14 the highest. The switch with the highest priority value is chosen to become the management unit if the active management unit fails or on the next reload. Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1433
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. • reload – reboots FTOS.
PAGE 1434
entered, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group will be removed when the unit is rebooted. NOTE: Any scripts used to streamline the stacking configuration process must be updated to reflect the Command Mode change from EXEC Privilege to CONFIGURATION to allow the scripts to work correctly. upgrade system stack-unit Copy the boot image or FTOS from the management unit to one or more stack members.
PAGE 1435
Usage Information Related Commands To reboot using the new image, use the upgrade boot system stack-unit command. • reload — reboots FTOS. • reset stack-unit — resets the designated S-Series stack member. • show system (S-Series) — displays the status of all stack members or a specific member. • show version — displays the current FTOS version information on the system. • upgrade (S-Series management unit) — upgrades the bootflash image or system image of the S-Series management unit.
PAGE 1436
PAGE 1437
54 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on the Dell Networking S4810 platforms. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1438
Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1439
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1440
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1441
Version 6.5.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. Broadcast storm control is valid on Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces only. Layer 2 broadcast traffic is treated as unknown-unicast traffic. storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). S4810 Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1442
storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only. S4810 Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable storm-control for multicast traffic into the network, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_sec ond in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1443
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series.
PAGE 1444
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). S4810 Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1445
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 55 The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the S4810 Dell Networking switch/routing platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. S4810 Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value.
PAGE 1446
bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. S4810 Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs. gvrp Forces GVRP to use the Provider Bridge GVRP Address as the destination MAC address in its PDUs. Defaults The destination MAC address for BPDUs is the Bridge Group Address.
PAGE 1447
config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events. general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1448
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1449
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. S4810 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the FTOS waits before transitioning STP to the Forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1450
Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1451
Related Commands Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1452
Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display. S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1453
active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the spanning tree group configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an STP interface and the current port state. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed.
PAGE 1454
Example Field Description “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG. “Current root...” Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge. “Topology flag...” States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set. “Number of...” Displays the number of topology changes, the time of the last topology change, and on what interface the topology change occurred.
PAGE 1455
Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.27, designated path cost 0 Timers: message age 0, forward_delay 0, hold 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU: sent:18, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 28 (GigabitEthernet 1/3) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.28 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1456
spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface.
PAGE 1457
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the ESeries TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.
PAGE 1458
PAGE 1459
System Time and Date 56 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software (FTOS), or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1460
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously. After the hardware clock (the calendar) is set, the FTOS automatically updates the software clock after system bootup.
PAGE 1461
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously. After the hardware clock (the calendar) is set, the FTOS automatically updates the software clock after system bootup. You cannot delete this command (there is not a no version of this command).
PAGE 1462
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1463
start-day Enter the name of the day that you want daylight saving time to begin. Use English three letter abbreviations; for example, Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. start-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm.
PAGE 1464
show clock — displays the current clock settings. clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. S4810 Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone.
PAGE 1465
debug ntp Display network time protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting. S4810 Syntax debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} To disable debugging of NTP transactions, use the no debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} command. Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments.
PAGE 1466
ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. S4810 Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1467
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. S4810 Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command.
PAGE 1468
ntp multicast client To receive NTP information from the network via multicast, configure the switch. S4810 Syntax ntp multicast client [multicast-address] To disable multicast reception, use the no ntp multicast client [multicastaddress] command. Parameters multicastaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast address. Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. If you do not enter a multicast address, the address: • 224.0.1.
PAGE 1469
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1470
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example FTOS#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 FTOS# Example (Detail) FTOS#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 FTOS# Related Commands clock summer-time recurring — displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock.
PAGE 1471
Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • * means synchronized to this peer. • # means almost synchronized to this peer. • + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization. • - means the peer is a candidate for selection. • ~ means the peer is statically configured. remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer. ref clock Displays the IP address of the remote peer’s reference clock.
PAGE 1472
show ntp status Display the current NTP status. S4810 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ntp status • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1472 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1473
Related Commands show ntp associations — displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations.
PAGE 1474
PAGE 1475
57 u-Boot All commands in this chapter are in u-Boot and are supported on the Dell Networking S4810 platform only. To access this mode, press any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot. Hit any key to stop autoboot: Enter u-Boot immediately, as the => prompt indicates. NOTE: This chapter describes only a few commands available in u-Boot. The commands included here are those commands that are comparable to those commands found in Boot User mode on other S-Series systems.
PAGE 1476
ftppasswd=force10 uboot=u-boot.bin tftpflash=tftpboot $loadaddr $uboot; protect off 0xfff80000 + $filesize; erase 0x fff80000 +$filesize; cp.b $loadaddr 0xfff80000 $filesize; protect on 0xfff80000 +$filesize; cmp.b $loadaddr 0xfff80000 $filesize ethact=eTSEC1 ethaddr=00:01:E8:82:09:B2 serverip=10.11.9.4 primary_boot=f10boot tftp://10.11.9.2/si-S4810-40g secondary_boot=f10boot flash0 default_boot=f10boot tftp://192.168.128.1/FTOS-SC-1.2.0.0E3.bin gatewayip=10.11.192.254 ipaddr=10.11.198.114 netmask=255.255.
PAGE 1477
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Save your changes before resetting the system or all your changes will be lost. save Save configurations created in uBoot. S4810 Syntax save Command Modes uBoot Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1478
secondary_image Enter the keywords secondary_image to configure boot parameters used if the primary operating system boot selection is not available. default_image Enter the keywords default_image to configure boot parameters used if the secondary operating system boot parameter selection is not available. NOTE: The default location should always be the internal flash device (flash:), and a verified image should be stored there. location Enter the location of the image file to be loaded.
PAGE 1479
Tunneling Commands 58 Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands. tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. S4810 Syntax tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6–address} To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination {ipaddress | ipv6–address} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel.
PAGE 1480
tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. S4810 Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | value} To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp {mapped | value} command. Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP to the IPv4 DCSP\IPv6 traffic class. This option copies the IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header.
PAGE 1481
Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header.
PAGE 1482
Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. ipv6 Enable tunnel in RFC 2473 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv6 tunnel. ipv6ip Enable tunnel in RFC 4213 mode and encapsulate IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. Defaults None. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1483
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. If you have configured a tunnel interface or destination address, the tunnel source must be compatible for this command to function.
PAGE 1484
PAGE 1485
Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) 59 Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. UFD is supported on the S4810 Dell Networking platform. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
PAGE 1486
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. debug uplink-state-group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1487
description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. S4810 Syntax Parameters description text text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1488
• Port channel: port-channel {1-512 | portchannel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: gigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and port-range entry. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1489
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. Related Commands • • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
PAGE 1490
Related Commands • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. enable Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific UFD group. S4810 Syntax enable To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command. Defaults Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group.
PAGE 1491
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1492
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1493
• uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch/ router. S4810 Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. Parameters group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. The range is from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1494
• show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. upstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. S4810 Syntax upstream interface To delete an uplink-state group, use the no upstream interface command.
PAGE 1495
You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplink-state group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both. Example Related Commands FTOS(conf-uplink-state-group-16)# upstream gigabitethernet 1/10-15 FTOS(conf-uplink-state-group-16)# • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
PAGE 1496
PAGE 1497
VLAN Stacking 60 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking operating software (FTOS) supports this feature on the S4810 platform. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1498
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1499
Usage Information You must first enable DEI for this configuration to take effect. Related Commands dei enable — enables DEI. dei mark Set the DEI value on egress according to the color currently assigned to the packet. S4810 Syntax Parameters dei mark {green | yellow} {0 | 1} 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | red | yellow Choose a color: • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped.
PAGE 1500
member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. S4810 Syntax member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1501
stack-unit stack-group Configure a stacking group specified by an ID. S4810 Syntax Parameters [no] stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-group-id unit-id Enter the stack unit ID. stack-group-id Enter the stack group ID. The range is from 0 to 16. [no] Use no stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-id to remove the current stack group configuration. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1502
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command.
PAGE 1503
To view the stackable VLANs, use the show vlan command in EXEC Privilege mode. Stackable VLANs contain members, designated by the M in the Q column of the command output.
PAGE 1504
vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, FTOS assigns the value 0x9100. S4810 Syntax Parameters vlan-stack protocol-type number number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100.
PAGE 1505
vlan-stack trunk — specifies a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. S4810 Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlan-stack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1506
In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 8848. The “Gi 3/10” port is configured to act as a VLAN-Stack access port, while the “TenGi 8/0” port acts as a VLAN-Stack trunk port, switching stackable VLAN traffic for VLAN 10, while also switching untagged traffic for VLAN 30 and tagged traffic for VLAN 40. (To allow VLAN 30 traffic, the native VLAN feature is required, by executing the portmode hybrid command. Refer to portmode hybrid in Interfaces.
PAGE 1507
FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#member Gi 7/0, Gi 3/10, TenGi 8/0 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#exit FTOS(config)#interface vlan 30 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 8/0 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#exit FTOS(config)# FTOS(config)#interface vlan 40 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 8/0 FTOS(conf-if-vlan)#exit FTOS(config)# 1507
PAGE 1508
PAGE 1509
Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) 61 Virtual link trunking (VLT) is supported on the S4810 platform. VLT allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1510
interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for IPv6. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 1511
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example VLT ARP Statistics ---------------ARP Tunnel Pkts sent:0 ARP Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP-sync Pkts Sent:0 ARP-sync Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP Reg Request sent:19 ARP Reg Request rcvd:10 Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations. delay-restore Configure the delay in bringing up VLT ports after reload or peer-link restoration between the VLT peer switches.
PAGE 1512
Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations. lacp ungroup member-independent Prevent possible loop during the bootup of a VLT peer switch or a device that accesses the VLT domain. S4810 Syntax Parameters lacp ungroup member-independent {vlt | port-channel} port-channel Force all LACP port-channel members to become switchports. vlt Force all VLT LACP members to become switchports. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1513
vlt become switchports All VLT LACP members multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. S4810 Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150.
PAGE 1514
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1515
Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout). Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1516
show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. S4810 Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1517
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1518
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all of the counters.
PAGE 1519
show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. S4810 Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1520
(*, 225.1.1.2) FTOS# VLAN 15 te 0/5 show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. S4810 Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Example Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1521
show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. S4810 Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 1522
Parameters domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1523
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 Reg Response sent: 1 Reg Response rcvd: 1 PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent: 1 Reg Response Rcvd: 0 Route updates sent to Peer: 0 Route updates rcvd from Peer: 0 Route update pkts sent to Peer: 0 Route update pkts rcvd from Peer: 0 VLT NDP Statistics
PAGE 1524
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 Reg Request sent: 1 Reg Request rcvd: 2 Reg Response sent: 1 Reg Response rcvd: 1 PDU Tunnel Pkt sent:5 PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd:10 Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 system-mac Reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain. S4810 Syntax Parameters system-mac mac-address mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1525
unit-id Explicitly configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. S4810 Syntax Parameters unit-id [0 | 1] 0|1 Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Enter 0 for the first peer or enter 1 for the second peer. Defaults Automatically assigned based on the MAC address of each VLT peer. The peer with the lower MAC address is assigned unit 0; the peer with the higher MAC address is assigned unit 1. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1526
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch. Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value.
PAGE 1527
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 62 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system (FTOS) on the S4810 platform. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. S4810 Syntax advertise-interval seconds To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1528
authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. S4810 Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: password • 0 (zero) specifies an un-encrypted authentication data follows. • 7 (seven) specifies a hidden authentication data follows.
PAGE 1529
clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp [vrrp-id][ipv6] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1530
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes..
PAGE 1531
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1532
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. S4810 Syntax hold-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. Defaults zero (0) seconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1533
The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process.
PAGE 1534
show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. S4810 Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1535
• brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to view only VRRP IPv6 groups. Command Modes Command History For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1536
Item Description Master addr Displays the IP address of the MASTER router. Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface. Example (Brief) FTOS>Interface Grp Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description----------------------------------------------------------Gi 10/37 1 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.201 Gi 10/37 2 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.202 200.200.200.203 Description Gi 10/37 3 100 Y Master 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.
PAGE 1537
Example Item Description Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is, the authentication type and the password are listed. Tracking states.. This line is displayed if the track command is configured on an interface. Below this line, the following information on the tracked interface is displayed: • Dn or Up states whether the interface is down or up. • the interface type slot/port information.
PAGE 1538
... ip-address12 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 11 additional IP addresses of virtual routers in dotted decimal format. Separate the IP addresses with a space. The IP addresses must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
PAGE 1539
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Command Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies to a single interface.
PAGE 1540
• When an interface comes up, whether as part of a system reload or an interface reload, the system waits 300 seconds (5 minutes) to bring up VRRP on that interface. Save the configuration and reload the system for the delay timers to take effect. Related Command vrrp delay minimum — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a line card reboot. vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface.
PAGE 1541
• vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • track • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. S4810 Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1542
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID.
PAGE 1543
Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: brief Command Modes Command History • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1544
Line Beginning with Adv rcvd:... Example Description • Preempt displays TRUE if preempt is configured and FALSE if preempt is not configured. • AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds. This line displays counters for the following: • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. • Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. • Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface.
PAGE 1545
Parameters vrid Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. The VRID range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1546
Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE-VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1547
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. S4810 Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1548
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. S4810 Syntax hold-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. Defaults zero (0) seconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1549
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1550
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255. If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration.
PAGE 1551
virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. S4810 Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [... ip-address12] To delete one or more virtual IP addresses, use the no virtual-address ipaddress1 [... ip-address12] command. Parameters ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format.